THREE FIVE SYSTEMS INC
10-K405, 1997-03-14
SEMICONDUCTORS & RELATED DEVICES
Previous: EASTMAN KODAK CO, S-8, 1997-03-14
Next: 1ST SOURCE CORP, S-3/A, 1997-03-14



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             Washington, D.C. 20549
                                 ---------------

                                    FORM 10-K
                 Annual Report Under Section 13 or 15(d) of the
                     Securities Exchange Act of 1934 
                  For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1996

                          Commission File Number 1-4373
                                                 ------

                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.
                    -----------------------------------------
                    (Name of Issuer Specified in Its Charter)

                  Delaware                            86-0654102
      -------------------------------             -------------------
      (State or Other Jurisdiction of             (I.R.S. Employer
      Incorporation or Organization)              Identification No.)

                  1600 North Desert Drive, Tempe, Arizona 85281
                  ---------------------------------------------
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

                                 (602) 389-8600
                                ----------------
                (Issuer's Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered under Section 12(b) of the Exchange Act:

      Title of Each Class             Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
      -------------------             -----------------------------------------

Common Stock, Par Value $.01 Per Share         New York Stock Exchange
- --------------------------------------         -----------------------

Securities registered under Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act:  None

         Check whether the issuer (1) has filed all reports required to be filed
by  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act during the past 12 months (or for
such shorter  period that the  registrant was required to file such reports) and
(2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. 
                                                                 Yes  X   No
                                                                     ---     ---

         Check if there is no disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item
405 of  Regulation  S-K  contained  in  this  form,  and no  disclosure  will be
contained,  to the  best of  registrant's  knowledge,  in  definitive  proxy  or
information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K
or any amendment to this Form 10-K. [X]

         State issuer's revenues for its most recent fiscal year:  $60,713,000

         As of March 6, 1997,  the  aggregate  market  value of the voting stock
held by  non-affiliates  of the issuer,  computed by  reference  to the price at
which stock was sold as of such date in the stock  market as reported on the New
York  Stock  Exchange,  was  $87,942,085.  Shares of Common  Stock  held by each
officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the  outstanding
Common  Stock  have  been  excluded  in that  such  persons  may be deemed to be
affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily conclusive
and does not constitute an admission of affiliate status.

         As of March 6, 1997, there were 7,759,629 shares of the issuer's Common
Stock outstanding.

         Documents   incorporated   by  reference:   Portions  of  the  issuer's
definitive  Proxy  Statement  for the 1997 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders  are
incorporated by reference into Part III hereof.
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.

                           ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K

                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                       PART I

<S>               <C>                                                                                          <C>
ITEM 1.           DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS.........................................................................1
ITEM 2.           DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY........................................................................15
ITEM 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS..............................................................................15
ITEM 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS............................................15

                                                       PART II

ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.......................................16
ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA .......................................................................17
ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
                  CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS............................................................18
ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA....................................................24
ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON
                  ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE............................................................24

                                                      PART III

ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS ..............................................................24
ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.........................................................................24
ITEM 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND
                  MANAGEMENT.....................................................................................24
ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS.................................................24

                                                       PART IV

ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES, AND REPORTS
                  ON FORM 8-K....................................................................................25

SIGNATURES.......................................................................................................27
                                                          i
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
ITEM 1.           DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

Introduction

         The Company  designs and  manufactures  a wide range of user  interface
devices for operational control and informational  display functions required in
the end  products  of original  equipment  manufacturers  ("OEMs").  Most of the
Company's sales consist of custom devices developed in close  collaboration with
its customers. Devices designed and manufactured by the Company find application
in cellular  telephones and other wireless  communication  devices as well as in
medical  equipment,  office automation  equipment,  industrial process controls,
instrumentation,   consumer  electronic  products,   automotive  equipment,  and
industrial and military control products.  The Company currently  specializes in
liquid crystal display  ("LCD") and light emitting diode ("LED")  components and
technology in providing its design and manufacturing services for its customers.
The Company markets its services  primarily in North America,  Europe,  and Asia
through direct technical sales persons and, to a much lesser extent,  through an
independent sales and distribution network.

         The Company experienced  substantial growth from 1993 through 1995 with
net sales  increasing  from $38.0 million in 1993 to $91.6 million in 1995.  The
Company's  growth  during that  period,  however,  depended  primarily  upon the
Company's participation in the substantial growth of the wireless communications
market and sales to a single  major  customer  in that  industry.  In 1996,  the
Company's  sales  declined  to  $60.7  million,  largely  as the  result  of the
phase-out by that major  customer of a  significant  family of programs in early
1996, and the Company  reported a loss in 1996 as a result of that phase-out and
the  significant  inventory  reserve taken during the third quarter.  The growth
that  occurred  during the period from 1993  through 1995 allowed the Company to
complete  construction of the highest volume passive matrix LCD glass production
facility  in  North  America,  which  will  enable  the  Company  to  produce  a
substantial  portion of its LCD glass  requirements,  as well as to attract  key
personnel,   expand  its  research  and  development   efforts,  and  build  its
infrastructure. The Company also has undertaken substantial efforts to diversify
its business, broaden its customer base, and expand its markets.

         The Company  believes  that it is  positioned to resume its growth as a
result of its efforts in expanding  its customer  base and the markets it serves
as well as its strength in designing,  prototyping,  and producing,  on a timely
and  cost-efficient  basis,  a  wide  range  of  innovative,   distinctive,  and
high-quality  user interface  devices  required in the end products of OEMs. The
Company also believes that its research and development  capabilities will allow
it to develop display  technologies and manufacturing  processes that will be of
benefit to its current and future  customers.  The  Company's  design  processes
utilize advanced  computer-aided design software to provide custom solutions for
customers'  products  in time  frames and on  cost-bases  that it  believes  are
competitive.  The Company utilizes advanced, flexible manufacturing systems that
can accommodate low-volume production runs or highly sophisticated  applications
in Arizona and high-volume, price sensitive runs in Manila, the Philippines.

         The Company  maintains  its principal  executive  offices at 1600 North
Desert Drive, Tempe,  Arizona 85281, and its telephone number is (602) 389-8600.
Unless the context indicates otherwise, all references to the "Company" refer to
Three-Five Systems, Inc., its subsidiaries and predecessors.

Technology

         Since the commercial introduction of the first light emitting diodes in
the 1960s and twisted nematic liquid crystal  displays in the 1970s,  the use of
LCD  and LED  indicators  has  become  widespread  in  industrial  and  consumer
electronic  products.  Prior to these  innovations,  the most common displays or
indicators had substantial  limitations as to their use,  especially in terms of
size, life, and power  consumption.  LCD and LED technologies  were developed in
order to overcome these limitations.

         An LCD modifies light that passes through or is reflected by it, rather
than emitting light like an LED. An LCD generally  consists of a layer of liquid
crystalline  material  suspended  between two glass plates.  The crystals  align
themselves in a predictable  manner,  and this alignment changes when stimulated
electrically.  This changed  alignment  produces a visual  representation of the
information desired when used in conjunction with a polarizer and either natural
ambient light or an external light source.
                                        1
<PAGE>
         An LED chip produces  light as the result of the  application of direct
current at a low voltage.  Different  wavelengths  (colors) can be produced in a
product depending upon the manufacturing process and the dopant (impurity) added
to the basic chip material, usually gallium arsenide or gallium phosphide. These
wavelengths  can be visible or  non-visible.  In the  visible  range,  LED chips
produce  red,  yellow,  green,  and  recently,  blue and  white  colors.  In the
non-visible  range  (infrared),  the  Company's  devices  utilize 880  nanometer
wavelength or 940 nanometer wavelength chips.

Industry Overview

         The Company has benefitted  from the  determination  by certain OEMs in
the  electronics  industry to  outsource  the design and  production  of certain
components included in the end products of those OEMs. The Company believes that
the following factors have contributed to this growing trend among OEMs:

         o        As  technology  has  become  increasingly   sophisticated  and
                  complex,  it has become  more  difficult  for even the leading
                  OEMs  to  maintain  the   necessary   technology,   expertise,
                  personnel,  and equipment to design and produce internally all
                  of the various components necessary for their products.

         o        Advanced   design   and   manufacturing    processes   require
                  increasingly greater investments for research and development,
                  personnel, and equipment.

         o        Competitive  market  conditions  require  OEMs to  reduce  the
                  period  of  time  from  product  conception  to  delivery,  to
                  differentiate  their products from those of their competitors,
                  to  improve  user  friendliness,  and to  continually  enhance
                  product  performance  and reduce  product cost during the life
                  cycle of the product.

         OEMs often design  their  products to contain  user  interface  devices
(including those relating to operational control and informational display) as a
highly  cost-effective  means of  differentiating  their products from competing
products.  OEMs then make the  decision of whether to use standard  devices,  to
design and produce the devices in-house,  or to outsource with a third party for
design and production.  In making this decision,  companies often recognize that
their greatest strengths consist of consumer  recognition of brand names, market
research  and product  development  expertise,  and highly  developed  sales and
distribution channels. OEMs also recognize that the desired devices often cannot
be  obtained  "off-the-shelf"  and that  time  constraints  and  limitations  on
available  resources  often  preclude  them  from  maintaining  the  specialized
in-house expertise and equipment necessary to design and manufacture the desired
devices.  OEMs  often  conclude  that the  logical  solution  is to focus  their
resources on those areas (such as marketing and distribution) where they possess
the greatest  leverage and to outsource the production of devices and components
in which they lack the requisite technology and expertise.

         Outsourcing enables OEMs to obtain the following desired benefits:

         o        To  gain  access  to  specialized   design  and  manufacturing
                  technology and expertise.

         o        To  accelerate  the design  process  and to reduce  design and
                  manufacturing  costs by utilizing the  specialized  personnel,
                  equipment, and facilities of the supplier.

         o        To reduce their own  investment in personnel,  equipment,  and
                  facilities  necessary for  specialized  design and  production
                  capabilities.

         o        To  streamline  their own  operations by  concentrating  their
                  resources on the design, production, and distribution of their
                  core products.

         By eliminating the duplication and overlap of investment and resources,
outsourcing  permits  the Company  and the OEMs to work  together  and grow at a
faster rate than would  otherwise be possible.  Outsourcing  greatly reduces the
Company's need to devote time and resources on market  development  for specific
products and allows
                                        2
<PAGE>
the Company to concentrate on the  development of its display  technologies  and
their applications to a multitude of products.

Products and Services

         The Company currently emphasizes custom designed user interface devices
for  operational  control  and  informational  display  functions.  The  Company
believes that custom  devices  represent the source of its greatest  profits and
growth  potential.  For each custom device,  the Company works directly with its
customer  to develop  and produce the  original  design and to  manufacture  the
device in  accordance  with the  customer's  specifications.  The  Company  also
designs and produces standard or "off-the-shelf"  devices, which involve designs
that are adaptable to various fixed end uses without modification.

         The  Company  pursues a strategy  designed  to enable it to enhance its
position as a major, worldwide supplier of custom-designed and manufactured user
interface   devices  for  products  of  leading  OEMs  in  various  high  growth
industries.  The  Company  attempts  to  identify  industries  that  present the
greatest  long-term  potential  for  growth at any  given  time.  The  Company's
research and development  activities then focus upon technological  developments
that attempt to meet the current and future  requirements  of those  industries.
The Company seeks to establish strong and long-lasting customer relationships by
aligning its  prospects  with those of its  customers and by seeking to make its
engineering  and advanced  manufacturing  functions  seamless  extensions of the
product design and production departments of its customers.  The Company engages
in a careful  customer  selection  process  because it  recognizes  that its own
growth and  development  will be closely aligned with the growth and development
of  the  customers  it  serves.   The  Company's   strategy  currently  involves
concentrating its efforts on providing design and production services to leading
companies in five primary  industries:  cellular  telephones  and other wireless
communications,   data  collection,  office  automation,  medical  devices,  and
industrial process controls.

Custom Devices

         LCD and LED custom  displays  currently  account for  approximately  91
percent of the Company's revenue. A manufacturer of a complete system or product
requiring  a specific  type of visual  display  (such as a  cellular  telephone,
medical  instrument,  business  machine,  or hand-held data  collection  device)
represents a typical buyer for a custom device.

         The Company has developed a  sophisticated  design  process to meet the
specific needs of its  customers'  applications.  Each design  project  normally
involves a  cross-functional  team of Company  engineers  who are  assigned to a
customer program. The team consults with the customer's engineers throughout the
design phase,  prototype  development,  and manufacturing  process.  The Company
continues to supply  value-added  engineering  support after the design solution
has been developed and integrated into the  manufacturing  process in an ongoing
effort  to  provide   customers  with  product   performance   enhancements  and
cost-reduction opportunities.

Standard Devices

         Standard devices encompass a wide variety of LCD and LED devices having
varied  applications.  "Visible" LCD and LED standard  devices include (i) solid
state lamps used for indicators,  status lights,  on-board circuit monitors, and
instrumentation;  (ii)  multi-digit  numerical  displays  used for  calculators,
industrial  controls,   data  terminals,   instrumentation   timers,   hand-held
instruments,  event counters,  and PCB diagnostics;  (iii)  integrated  displays
(with on-board  integrated  circuit drivers) and alpha numeric displays used for
hand-held terminals, minicomputers, telecommunications, and instrumentation word
processors; (iv) bar graph displays used for power meters in stereo systems, Ham
and CB radio meters,  VU meters in tape recorders,  process control meters,  and
replacements  for edge meters;  and (v)  multi-digit  numeric  displays used for
industrial   controls,   data  terminals,   test   equipment,   point  of  sale,
mini-computer readout, and home consumer applications.

         Standard  infrared  devices  include (a) infrared  emitters and silicon
detectors  used for TV remote  controls,  disk drives,  tape  drives,  printers,
encoders,  solid  state  relays,   photoelectric  controls,   slotted  switches,
reflective
                                        3
<PAGE>
switches,  intrusion alarms, touch screens,  wireless data entry and positioning
sensors;  and (b)  optocouplers  used for AC power controls,  DC power controls,
solid state relays, logic to power interfaces, and power supplies.

Manufacturing Services

         The Company has geographically organized its manufacturing capabilities
in a manner that optimizes the  combination  of technology and human  resources.
This enables the Company to compete  solely on the basis of cost,  if necessary,
with suppliers of similar products and services  throughout the world.  Advanced
manufacturing  techniques  include  surface mount  technologies,  chip-on-board,
chip-on-flex,  flip-chip,  tape automated  bonding,  and  sophisticated  testing
systems throughout the process.  The Company maintains at each of its facilities
quality systems and processes that meet or exceed the demanding standards set by
leading OEMs in targeted industries.

         The Company  seeks to increase its value to its  customers by providing
responsive,  flexible,  total  manufacturing  services.  To date,  manufacturing
services have been  concentrated  toward the manufacture of LCDs and assembly of
Company-designed  user interface  module  assemblies.  However,  the Company has
recognized an increased demand for extended  manufacturing services beyond these
core services. These extended services may include adding additional components,
such as a keypad,  microphone,  card reader,  product  housing,  or  non-display
electronic sub-assembly,  or the turn-key manufacture of a complete OEM product.
The Company  intends to pursue  extended  manufacturing  opportunities  in those
instances when the Company believes it will be profitable to do so.

Manufacturing Facilities

         The  Company  currently  conducts  manufacturing  operations  in Tempe,
Arizona and in Manila,  the Philippines.  The Company completed the construction
of its new principal U.S.  facility in March 1995. The Arizona facility houses a
Class 1000 "clean  room" and LCD  fabrication  and  prototyping  operation.  The
Company utilizes the facility primarily to conduct LCD research and development,
to produce prototype and  pre-production  runs of devices for customer approval,
to conduct full production runs of low-volume  devices,  and to develop advanced
manufacturing  processes  that  can  be  applied  in  Manila  during  full-scale
production.  In  addition,  the  facility  has the largest LCD glass  production
capacity in North America.  Now fully  operational,  this highly  automated line
enables the Company to reduce its dependence on foreign  suppliers of LCD glass.
Facility  personnel  include  a  team  of  experts  ranging  from  LCD  research
scientists to specialized engineers with backgrounds in electronics,  mechanics,
chemistry, physics, and manufacturing. The Company maintains a complete array of
state- of-the-art testing and quality control equipment at the facility.

         The Company is a party to an agreement (the  "Sub-Assembly  Agreement")
with Technology Electronic Assembly and Management Pacific Corporation ("TEAM"),
pursuant to which TEAM manufactures, assembles, and tests user interface devices
for the Company at a facility owned by TEAM located in Manila,  the Philippines.
The Company is also party to a lease agreement (the "Lease Agreement") with TEAM
pursuant  to which TEAM  leases  space to the  Company  for those  manufacturing
operations   performed   by  TEAM  under  the   Sub-Assembly   Agreement.   TEAM
manufactures,  assembles, and tests devices designed by the Company in the space
leased to the Company and pursuant to procedures  set forth in the  Sub-Assembly
Agreement in accordance with specifications supplied by the Company. The Company
owns the manufacturing,  assembling,  and testing equipment (including automated
die attach and wire bond equipment with automatic pattern  recognition  features
for  die  and  wire  placement  for  LED  die)  as  well  as the  processes  and
documentation    used  by  TEAM  at  the  Manila   facility.   Pursuant  to  the
Sub-Assembly  Agreement,  the Company supplies all direct materials to TEAM that
are necessary to meet forecasted production levels specified by the Company. The
Company pays TEAM for the  sub-assembly  of the  Company's  devices based upon a
negotiated  hourly  rate.  The  Company  also  employs  professional  personnel,
including  an  Operations   Manager,   with  a  support   staff   consisting  of
manufacturing,  quality,  and process engineers,  and logistics personnel at the
Manila facility.

         The Sub-Assembly  Agreement and Lease Agreement between the Company and
TEAM extend  through  December  31, 1999 and from year to year  thereafter.  The
Sub-Assembly Agreement requires minimum production levels to be maintained.  The
termination of the Lease Agreement or Sub-Assembly Agreement or the inability of
TEAM to fulfill its requirements under the Sub-Assembly  Agreement would require
the Company to acquire
                                        4
<PAGE>
additional  manufacturing facilities or to contract for additional manufacturing
services. The Philippines has been subject to volcanic eruptions,  typhoons, and
substantial civil  disturbances,  including attempted military coups against the
government.  These  circumstances  could affect the Company's  ability to obtain
products pursuant to the SubAssembly Agreement,  although there has not been any
material interruption of operations to date. The termination of or the inability
of the Company to obtain products pursuant to the Sub-Assembly  Agreement,  even
for a  relatively  short  period,  would have a material  adverse  effect on the
operations and profitability of the Company.

         The Company has implemented an aggressive quality control program.  The
program is based upon  Statistical  Process Control,  which advocates  continual
quantitative measurements of crucial parameters and uses those measurements in a
closed-loop feedback system to control the manufacturing  process.  Product life
testing is performed to help ensure long-term product  reliability.  The results
of life tests are analyzed and actions taken to refine the manufacturing process
or enhance the product design.

Sales and Marketing

         The Company  markets its services  primarily in North America,  Europe,
and Asia through  direct  technical  sales persons and, to a much lesser extent,
through an independent sales and distribution network. This network includes two
franchised  distributors in approximately 96 sales offices. A staff of in-house,
Arizona-based  sales and  marketing  personnel  directs and aids the  franchised
distributors. The Company also has sales offices in Arlington Heights, Illinois;
Flemington, New Jersey; and Tempe, Arizona.

         The Company's sales to customers in Europe represented approximately 46
percent of net sales in 1996. In addition to a direct technical sales force, the
Company  distributes  products  in Europe  through a  network  of  distributors,
augmented in some regions by marketing  representatives.  This network  receives
support from the marketing,  customer service, and support staff employed by the
Company's subsidiary,  Three-Five Systems Limited, located in Swindon,  England.
The European staff and network of distributors  provide  marketing,  consulting,
and product design input locally for customers throughout Western Europe.

Customers

         The Company's strategy involves  concentrating its efforts on providing
design and production  services to leading companies in five primary industries:
cellular telephones and other wireless communications,  data collection,  office
automation,  medical devices, and industrial process controls.  As a result, the
Company generally derives its revenue from services provided to a limited number
of customers.  The Company's  largest customer is Motorola,  Inc.  ("Motorola").
Sales to Motorola are made through 12 buyers  operating in five separate product
divisions. The Company currently designs and manufactures user interface devices
used in approximately 42 individual product programs for Motorola.  During 1996,
the five largest of these programs accounted for 9.6 percent,  7.5 percent,  6.6
percent,  4.9 percent,  and 2.5 percent,  respectively,  of the Company's  total
revenue,  and the  remaining  product  programs in the  aggregate  accounted for
approximately  34 percent of the Company's total revenue.  Devices that are used
in cellular telephones accounted for substantially all of the Company's sales to
Motorola in 1996. See "Special  Considerations - Substantial Reliance on Certain
Customers" contained in Item 1 of this Report.

Backlog

         As of  December  31,  1996,  the  Company  had a  backlog  of orders of
approximately $17.9 million, all of which orders are believed to be firm and all
of which are expected to be filled during fiscal 1997.  The backlog of orders at
December 31, 1995 was approximately  $21.3 million.  The Company's  business has
not been seasonal to date.

Patents and Trademarks

         The  Company's   business  does  not  depend  on  patent  or  trademark
protection.  The Company has recently  received a patent on a technology,  which
the Company refers to as LCiD(TM) or liquid crystal intense  display.  This is a
type of LCD that  incorporates a proprietary  approach to designing a dot matrix
LCD.
                                        5
<PAGE>
Raw Materials

         The principal raw  materials  used in producing the Company's  displays
consist of gallium arsenide and gallium  phosphorous  wafers and die, LCD glass,
driver die, circuit boards,  molded plastic parts, lead frames, wire, chips, and
packaging  materials.  The Company's  procurement  strategy provides alternative
sources of supplies for the majority of these materials. Many of such materials,
however, must be obtained from foreign suppliers,  which subjects the Company to
the risks inherent in obtaining materials from foreign sources, including supply
interruptions and currency  fluctuations.  The Company's suppliers currently are
meeting the requirements of the Company,  and strategic  supplier alliances have
further strengthened relations with offshore suppliers. The Company's ability to
produce a  significant  percentage of its  requirements  of LCD glass in its new
facility is expected to reduce the Company's  dependence  on foreign  suppliers.
See "Special  Considerations - Shortage of Raw Materials and Supplies" contained
in Item 1 of this Report.

Competition

         The Company  believes that Optrex  America,  Inc.,  Seiko-Epson,  Seiko
Instruments,  Vikay Industrial Pte. Limited, PCI Limited, and Philips Components
B.V.  constitute  the  principal  competitors  for the  Company's  LCD  devices.
Hewlett-Packard,  Rohm Co., Ltd., LiteOn, Inc., Siemens,  Inc., Stanley Electric
Company,   Ltd.,  and  Quality  Technologies  Corp.   constitute  its  principal
competitors for its LED devices.  Most of these  competitors are large companies
that have greater financial, technical, marketing,  manufacturing, and personnel
resources  than the  Company.  The  revenue,  profitability,  and success of the
Company depend substantially upon its ability to compete with other providers of
user interface devices. No assurance can be given that the Company will continue
to be able to compete successfully with such organizations.

         The  Company  currently  competes  principally  on  the  basis  of  the
technical  innovation and performance of its product solutions,  including their
ease of use and  reliability,  as well as on  their  cost,  timely  design,  and
manufacturing and delivery schedules.  The Company's  competitive position could
be adversely  affected if one or more of its customers,  particularly  Motorola,
determine to design and manufacture their user interface  devices  internally or
secure them from other  parties.  See  "Special  Considerations  -  Competition"
contained in Item 1 of this Report.

Research and Development

         The Company conducts an active and ongoing research,  development,  and
engineering  program that focuses on advancing  technology,  developing improved
design and  manufacturing  processes,  and improving the overall  quality of the
products  and  services  that the Company  provides.  Research  and  development
personnel  concentrate on LCD technology,  especially  improving  performance of
current products and expanding the technology to serve new markets. Research and
development  also is  conducted  in  manufacturing  processes,  including  those
associated with efficient, high-volume production and electronic packaging.

Environmental Regulation

         The  operations of the Company  result in the creation of small amounts
of hazardous waste, including various epoxies,  gases, inks, solvents, and other
wastes.  The amount of hazardous  waste  produced by the Company may increase in
the future  depending on changes in the  Company's  operations.  The disposal of
hazardous waste has received  increasing focus from federal,  state,  local, and
international  governments  and  agencies  and has been  subject  to  increasing
regulation. See "Special Considerations - Environmental Regulation" contained in
Item 1 of this Report.

         In 1991,  the Company  received a notice of potential  liability at the
Barkhamsted-New  Hartford  Landfill Site in  Barkhamsted,  Connecticut  from the
United States Environmental Protection Agency ("EPA"). No further administrative
action was taken  against the Company and the Company has recently  been advised
by a  representative  of the EPA that the Company  will have no  liability  with
respect to this matter.
                                        6
<PAGE>
         In a separate  matter,  the  Company  conducted  a clean-up  of limited
chemical   contamination   at  its  former  property   located  in  Barkhamsted,
Connecticut. The contamination was caused by the previous owner of the property,
and  not as a  result  of  any of the  Company's  operations.  The  Company  has
contracted  with an  environmental  consulting  firm  for  assistance  with  the
clean-up process and has complied with the requests and  recommendations  of the
Connecticut  Environmental Protection Agency throughout the process. The Company
believes that the source of the contamination has been removed from the property
and that the  clean-up  has been  completed.  Four  monitoring  wells  have been
installed to permit periodic chemical  analysis to be made at the property.  The
property  was sold on June 25,  1995,  subject  to the  Company  making its best
efforts  to  obtain  from  either  the  Connecticut  or  federal   Environmental
Protection  Agency  documentation  to the effect that the  property is clean and
that there is no actionable contamination in the vicinity of the property.

Employees

         As of December 31, 1996,  the Company  employed a total of 195 persons.
This number includes 148 full-time and  approximately 26 temporary  employees at
its  principal  U.S.  facility  in Tempe,  Arizona.  The Company  considers  its
relationship with its employees to be good, and none of its employees  currently
are represented by a union in collective bargaining with the Company.

         TEAM  provides the  personnel  engaged in the assembly of the Company's
devices in Manila pursuant to the Sub-Assembly Agreement between the Company and
TEAM. See "Description of Business - Manufacturing Facilities" contained in Item
1 of this Report. As of December 31, 1995, approximately 1,150 persons performed
direct  and  indirect  labor  operations  at the  Manila  facility  through  the
Sub-Assembly Agreement with TEAM.

Executive Officers

         The  following  table sets  forth  information  concerning  each of the
executive officers of the Company:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name                        Age                        Position
- ----                        ---                        --------

<S>                         <C>       <C>                                                          
David R. Buchanan           64         Chairman of the Board, President, and Chief Executive Officer
Vincent C. Hren             46         Vice President - Operations
Dan J. Schott               57         Vice President - Research and Development
James F. Bowser             55         Vice President - New Product Development
Bruce E. Sedlak             43         Vice President - Sales
Jeffrey D. Buchanan         41         Vice President - Finance, Administration, and Legal;
                                          Chief Financial Officer; Secretary; and Treasurer
Elizabeth A. Sharp          35         Vice President - Corporate Relations
</TABLE>

         David R.  Buchanan  has been  Chairman of the Board,  President,  Chief
Executive Officer, and a Director of the Company since its formation in February
1990.  Mr.  Buchanan  served as  Treasurer  of the  Company  from May 1990 until
January 1994 and as Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive  Officer,  President,
and a Director of one of the  predecessors  of the Company  from  October  1986,
February 1987, and November 1985,  respectively,  until the predecessor's merger
into the Company in May 1990.

         Vincent C. Hren has been Vice  President  -  Operations  of the Company
since August 1996 and served as Vice President -  Manufacturing  Operations from
January  1996 to August  1996.  Mr.  Hren  served as Vice  President - Worldwide
Automotive of Graco Inc. from 1994 to 1995.  Mr. Hren served as Vice President -
Worldwide  Operations  for  Fisher-Rosemount  Systems,  Inc.  from 1993 to 1994,
General  Manager  of  Rosemount  Analytical,  Inc.  from 1992 to 1993,  and held
various management positions with Fisher-Rosemount, Inc. from 1974 to 1992.

         Dan J. Schott has been Vice President - Research and Development of the
Company  since  January  1994.  From 1988 to  January  1994,  Mr.  Schott was an
Associate Director with Honeywell Inc., where his responsibilities included flat
panel display  research and  development.  From 1981 until 1987, he held various
engineering management and program management positions with Sperry Rand Corp.
                                        7
<PAGE>
         James F. Bowser has been Vice  President - New Product  Development  of
the Company since March 1997 and has served in a variety of executive  positions
with the Company since August 1990,  including as the Company's Vice President -
Sales and Marketing and Vice President - Manufacturing Operations.  From January
1985 until August 1990, he held a variety of executive  positions  with National
Computer Systems, Inc.

         Bruce E.  Sedlak has served as Vice  President  - Sales of the  Company
since  February  1997.  Mr.  Sedlak  served as Regional  Sales Manager of Auspex
Systems, Inc. from August 1994 until February 1997. From January 1993 to January
1995,  Mr.  Sedlak  served as President  and Chief  Executive  Officer of Summit
Solutions,  Inc. and from March 1991 to January 1993 he served as Vice President
and  General  Manager  of  VERSYSS  Southwest,  Inc.  Mr.  Sedlak  held  various
management positions with UNISYS Corporation (formerly Burroughs) from September
1975 until March 1991,  including  serving as Regional  Manager,  Western Region
from April 1989 until March 1991.

         Jeffrey D. Buchanan has been Vice President - Finance,  Administration,
and Legal, Chief Financial Officer, and Treasurer of the Company since June 1996
and Vice President - Administration and Legal and Secretary of the Company since
May  1996.  Mr.  Buchanan  served as a Senior  Partner  of  O'Connor,  Cavanagh,
Anderson,  Killingsworth  &  Beshears  from June 1986  until May 1996,  where he
practiced  as a business  lawyer with an  emphasis on mergers and  acquisitions,
joint ventures, and taxation. Mr. Buchanan was associated with the international
law firm of Davis Wright  Tremaine from 1984 to 1986,  and he was a senior staff
person at Deloitte & Touche from 1982 to 1984.  Mr.  Buchanan is a member of the
Arizona and  Washington  state bars and passed the certified  public  accounting
examination in 1983. Mr. Buchanan is the son of David R. Buchanan.

         Elizabeth A. Sharp has been Vice President - Corporate Relations of the
Company since May 1996.  Ms. Sharp served as Director of Human  Resources of the
Company from May 1992 until May 1996, as Corporate  Administrator of the Company
from April 1988 until May 1992, as Personnel Manager from April 1987 until April
1988,  and as  Administrative  Assistant to the  President  and Chief  Financial
Officer of the Company from May 1986 until April 1987.  From December 1981 until
March  1986,  Ms.  Sharp held a variety of  management  positions  with  Concept
Communications Corporation.


                             SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS

Certain Factors Affecting Operating Results

         The  Company's  operating  results are  affected  by a wide  variety of
factors  which could  adversely  impact its net sales and  profitability.  These
factors,  many of which are  beyond  the  control of the  Company,  include  the
Company's ability to identify industries which have significant growth potential
and to establish strong and long- lasting  relationships with companies in those
industries;   the   Company's   ability  to  provide   significant   design  and
manufacturing services for those companies on a timely and cost-effective basis;
the Company's success in maintaining  customer  satisfaction with its design and
manufacturing   services;   market  acceptance  of  products  of  its  customers
incorporating  devices designed and  manufactured by the Company;  the level and
timing of orders  placed  by  customers  which the  Company  can  complete  in a
quarter;  customer order  patterns;  changes in order mix; the  performance  and
reliability of devices designed and manufactured by the Company; the life cycles
of its customers'  products;  the  availability and utilization of manufacturing
capacity; fluctuations in manufacturing yield and productivity; the availability
and cost of raw materials,  equipment,  and supplies; the timing of expenditures
in anticipation of orders; the cyclical nature of the industries and the markets
served by the Company;  technological  changes;  and competition and competitive
pressures on prices.

         The Company's ability to increase its design and manufacturing capacity
to meet customer demand and maintain  satisfactory delivery schedules will be an
important  factor in its long-term  prospects.  Although the  Company's  product
solutions  are  incorporated  into a wide variety of  communications,  consumer,
medical, office automation,  and industrial products, a majority of its sales in
1996 were  display  modules  for  cellular  products.  A slowdown  in demand for
customer products,  particularly cellular products,  which utilize the Company's
products,  as a result of economic or other  conditions  in the United States or
worldwide  markets  served by the  Company  or other  broadbased  factors  would
adversely affect the Company's operating results.
                                        8
<PAGE>
Dependence on New Products and Technologies

         The  Company  operates  in  fast  changing  industries.   Technological
advances,  the  introduction of new products,  and new design and  manufacturing
techniques could adversely affect the Company's operations unless the Company is
able to adapt to the resulting  changing  conditions.  As a result,  the Company
will  be  required  to  expend  substantial  funds  for and  commit  significant
resources to the conduct of continuing research and development activities,  the
engagement of additional engineering and other technical personnel, the purchase
of advanced design, production and test equipment, and the enhancement of design
and manufacturing processes and techniques.

         The  Company's  future  operating  results will depend to a significant
extent on its ability to continue to provide design and  manufacturing  services
for new products  that compare  favorably on the basis of time to  introduction,
cost, and performance with the design and manufacturing capabilities of OEMs and
other  third-party  suppliers.  The  success  of new  design  and  manufacturing
services  depends on  various  factors,  including  proper  customer  selection,
utilization of advances in technology,  innovative  development of new solutions
for customer products,  efficient and cost-effective services, timely completion
and delivery of new product  solutions,  and market acceptance of customers' end
products.  Because of the complexity of the Company's  design and  manufacturing
services,  the Company may experience delays from time to time in completing the
design and manufacture of new product  solutions.  In addition,  there can be no
assurance that any new product  solutions  will receive or maintain  customer or
market  acceptance.  If the  Company  were  unable  to  design  and  manufacture
solutions  for new  products  of its  customers  on a timely and  cost-effective
basis,  its  future  operating   results  would  be  adversely   affected.   See
"Description  of Business - Products and  Services"  contained in Item 1 of this
Report.

         Finally,   even   when  a  design   and   manufacturing   solution   is
satisfactorily  completed,  circumstances  outside of the Company's  control may
result in the loss of expected revenue. For example, a customer may terminate or
delay its own  program  for any  number of  reasons  unrelated  to the  Company,
including  problems  with  other  suppliers  to the  program  or lack of  market
acceptance of the customer's  product.  In such instances,  the future operating
results of the Company could be adversely affected.

Substantial Reliance on Certain Customers

         In the past few years,  the Company has  generated  most of its revenue
from sales to a few significant  customers.  The Company's  largest  customer is
Motorola, which accounted for 65 percent of the Company's revenue in 1996 and 81
percent of the Company's  revenue in 1995. Sales to Motorola are made through 12
buyers  operating in five  separate  product  divisions.  The Company  currently
designs and  manufactures  user interface  devices for use in  approximately  42
individual product programs for Motorola. During 1996, the five largest of these
programs accounted for 9.6 percent,  7.5 percent,  6.6 percent, 4.9 percent, and
2.5 percent,  respectively,  of the Company's  total revenue,  and the remaining
product programs in the aggregate  accounted for approximately 34 percent of the
Company's total revenue.  Devices that are used in cellular telephones accounted
for substantially  all of the Company's sales to Motorola in 1996.  Although the
percentage  of sales to Motorola  declined  in 1996,  and is expected to decline
further in 1997,  the Company  expects that a recent new customer  could account
for as much as 20 percent of the Company's revenue in 1997.

         The  Company  does  not  have  long-term   supply  contracts  with  any
customers,  and customers also  generally do not commit to long-term  production
schedules.  In addition,  customer orders  generally can be cancelled and volume
levels  changed or delayed.  The timely  replacement of cancelled,  delayed,  or
reduced  orders  cannot be assured.  The Company's  operating  results have been
materially  and  adversely  affected in the past by the  failure of  anticipated
orders to be realized and by deferrals or cancellations of orders as a result of
changes in customer  requirements.  Cancelled,  delayed,  or reduced commitments
from any of the Company's major customers,  particularly  Motorola or the recent
new  customer  referred to above,  would have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's results of operations.
                                        9
<PAGE>
Manufacturing Operations in the Philippines

         The  Company  has  maintained  its  primary  manufacturing  facility in
Manila, the Philippines since 1986. TEAM, a third party subcontractor,  owns the
facility,  which is located on land it leases  from the  Philippine  government.
TEAM  operates  the  facility  under the  Sub-Assembly  Agreement  and the Lease
Agreement with the Company,  utilizing equipment,  processes,  and documentation
owned by the Company and  supervisory  personnel  employed by the Company.  TEAM
provides production personnel under the Sub-Assembly  Agreement and leases space
to the Company under the Lease Agreement.  TEAM also utilizes other space in the
facility to produce  products for other entities  unrelated to the Company.  The
Sub-Assembly  Agreement and the Lease  Agreement  have current  terms  extending
through  December  31, 1999 and from year to year  thereafter.  Since 1994,  the
Company  has made  advance  payments to TEAM to assist it in meeting its working
capital needs while it negotiates new financing  arrangements.  Advances, net of
amounts payable to TEAM,  totalled  approximately  $119,000 at December 31, 1996
and are secured by future payments for  sub-assembly  services to be provided to
the Company as well as other assets of TEAM.

         The Company has made cumulative capital  investments in the Philippines
amounting  to  approximately  $10.6  million  through  December  31,  1996.  The
Company's  reliance on  personnel  and  facilities  in the  Philippines  and its
maintenance  of  inventories  abroad expose the Company to certain  economic and
political  risks,   including  the  business  and  financial  condition  of  the
subcontractor,  political  instability  and  expropriation,  supply  disruption,
currency  controls,  and exchange  fluctuations  as well as changes in tax laws,
tariffs,  and freight rates.  The Company has not  experienced  any  significant
interruptions in its business  operations in the Philippines to date despite the
fact that the Philippines has been subject to volcanic eruptions,  typhoons, and
substantial civil  disturbances,  including attempted military coups against the
government.  The  Company  believes  that its  manufacturing  operations  in the
Philippines constitute one of the Company's most important resources and that it
would be difficult for it to replace the low-cost,  high-performance facility or
the  high-quality  and  hardworking   production  staff  if  its   manufacturing
operations in the  Philippines  were disrupted or terminated.  As a result,  the
Company's   operations  would  be  adversely   affected  if  operations  in  the
Philippines  or air  transportation  with  the  Philippines  were  disrupted  or
terminated,  even for a relatively  short period of time.  See  "Description  of
Business - Manufacturing Facilities" contained in Item 1 of this Report.

International Trade and Currency Exchange

         Approximately  46  percent  of the  Company's  net  sales in 1996  were
international sales. In addition, the Company purchases a substantial portion of
its raw materials and equipment from foreign suppliers and incurs labor costs in
foreign  locations.  The  foreign  sale  of  products  and the  purchase  of raw
materials and  equipment  from foreign  suppliers  may be adversely  affected by
political and economic  conditions  abroad.  Protectionist  trade legislation in
either the United States or foreign  countries,  such as a change in the current
tariff  structures,  export  compliance  laws,  or other trade  policies,  could
adversely  affect the Company's  ability to sell devices in foreign  markets and
purchase materials or equipment from foreign suppliers.

         A small portion of the Company's  foreign  transactions are denominated
in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.  Such transactions  expose the Company
to  exchange  rate  fluctuations  for the period of time from  inception  of the
transaction  until  it is  settled.  For  example,  the  Company's  Sub-Assembly
Agreement and Lease  Agreement with TEAM are based on a fixed  conversion  rate,
exposing the Company to exchange rate  fluctuations  with the  Philippine  peso.
Although the Company has not incurred any material  exchange  gains or losses to
date, there can be no assurance that fluctuations in the currency exchange rates
in the future will not have an adverse effect on the Company's  operations.  The
Company has entered and from time to time will enter into  hedging  transactions
in order to minimize its exposure to currency rate fluctuations.

Manufacturing Yields and Capacity

         The design and manufacture of user interface devices are highly complex
processes  that are sensitive to a wide variety of factors,  including the level
of contaminants in the  manufacturing  environment,  impurities in the materials
used, and the performance of the design and production  personnel and equipment.
As is typical in the
                                       10
<PAGE>
industry,  the Company from time to time has experienced  lower than anticipated
manufacturing  yields  and  lengthening  of  delivery  schedules.  This  may  be
particularly  true as the  Company  ramps  up its new  high-volume  LCD  line to
greater production levels in 1997. The Company continually reviews its processes
to increase its manufacturing productivity, achieve higher manufacturing yields,
and reduce design and manufacturing  errors. In addition,  the Company maintains
ongoing  procedures to assure its ability to meet delivery  schedules to satisfy
increased business.  The Company's operating results would be adversely affected
if it were  unable to  maintain  high  levels  of  productivity  or to  maintain
satisfactory  delivery schedules in either its Manila manufacturing plant or its
Arizona high-volume LCD line.

         Manufacturing yields and delivery schedules also may be affected as the
Company increases its use of the capacity of the Manila manufacturing  facility.
Other  companies  in the  industry  have  experienced  difficulty  in  expanding
manufacturing  output and capacity,  with such  difficulty  resulting in reduced
yields or delays in  product  deliveries.  No  assurance  can be given  that the
Company  will not  experience  manufacturing  yield or delivery  problems in the
future.  Such problems could materially affect the Company's  operating results.
See "Description of Business - Manufacturing  Facilities" contained in Item 1 of
this Report.

Utilization of New Facility

         The Company  has made  substantial  expenditures  in  constructing  and
equipping  its  new  headquarters  facility  in  Tempe,  Arizona,   including  a
high-volume LCD  manufacturing  line. The high-volume line was placed in service
in 1996,  although  the  Company  committed  a  significant  amount  of time and
resources in 1996 to the development of manufacturing processes on the line. The
Company intends to utilize the high-volume line to produce a substantial portion
of its own  requirements  for LCD glass.  The successful  utilization of the LCD
glass line will  require  the  Company  (i) to produce LCD glass on a timely and
cost-effective basis at quality levels at least equal to the LCD glass available
from  independent  suppliers  and (ii) to utilize  the LCD glass it  produces in
devices it designs and  manufactures in a manner  satisfactory to its customers.
The  Company  experienced  some  delays  in  fully  implementing  its LCD  glass
manufacturing operations in 1996, and no assurance can be given that the Company
will not experience problems or delays in the future in conducting its LCD glass
manufacturing  operations.  Any such problems could result in the lengthening of
the Company's  delivery  schedules,  reductions in the quality or performance of
the  Company's  design  and   manufacturing   services,   and  reduced  customer
satisfaction.  Such  problems also could require the Company to purchase its LCD
glass requirements from third parties and result in the inability of the Company
to recover its investment in the high-volume LCD line.

Management of Growth

         The Company's  revenue  expanded  substantially  during the period from
1993  through  1995,  but  declined  significantly  in 1996 as a  result  of the
discontinuation  of a few significant  programs from its major customer.  During
the last  half of  1996,  however,  the  Company  increased  the  number  of its
manufacturing  and design  programs and the Company plans to further  expand the
number and  diversity  of its  programs in the future.  At the end of 1996,  the
Company had 69  manufacturing  and design programs versus 47 at the end of 1995.
The Company's  ability to manage its planned growth  effectively will require it
to enhance its operational,  financial,  and management  systems,  to expand its
facilities  and  equipment,  and  to  successfully  hire,  train,  and  motivate
additional employees, including the technical personnel necessary to operate its
new LCD glass  production  facility  in  Arizona.  The failure of the Company to
manage its growth on an effective basis could have a material  adverse effect on
the Company's operations.

         The Company may be required to increase  staffing and other expenses as
well as its  expenditures  on capital  equipment and leasehold  improvements  in
order to meet the  anticipated  demand  of its  customers.  Customers,  however,
generally do not commit to firm production  schedules for more than a short time
in advance.  The  Company's  profitability  would be  adversely  affected if the
Company  increases its expenditures in anticipation of future orders that do not
materialize. Customers also may require rapid increases in design and production
services that place an excessive short-term burden on the Company's resources.
                                       11
<PAGE>
Dependence on Key Personnel

         The Company's  development and operations  depend  substantially on the
efforts  and  abilities  of  its  senior  management  and  technical  personnel,
including  David R. Buchanan,  who has served as the Chairman of the Board since
1986 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company since 1987. The
competition  for qualified  management and technical  personnel is intense.  The
loss of services of one or more of its key employees or the inability to add key
personnel  (including those required for its new LCD glass production  facility)
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company.  See  "Description  of
Business - Executive  Officers"  contained in Item 1 of this Report. The Company
does not  have an  employment  agreement  with,  or key  person  life  insurance
covering,   any  officer  or   employee.   The   Company,   however,   maintains
noncompetition and nondisclosure agreements with its key personnel.

Possible Volatility of Stock Price

         The market price of the Company's  Common Stock increased  dramatically
during the three-year period ended December 31, 1994, but declined significantly
during  1995 and 1996.  See "Market  for Common  Equity and Related  Stockholder
Matters"  contained in Item 5 of this Report. The trading price of the Company's
Common Stock in the future could continue to be subject to wide  fluctuations in
response to various factors, including quarterly variations in operating results
of the Company, actual or anticipated  announcements of technical innovations or
new product developments by the Company or its competitors, changes in analysts'
estimates of the  Company's  financial  performance,  general  conditions in the
electronics  industry,  worldwide economic and financial  conditions,  and other
events or factors.  In addition,  the stock market has experienced extreme price
and volume  fluctuations which have particularly  affected the market prices for
many high  technology  companies  and which  often  have been  unrelated  to the
operating  performance of such companies.  These broad market  fluctuations  and
other  factors may  adversely  affect the market price of the  Company's  Common
Stock.

Competition

         The industries  which the Company serves are intensely  competitive and
have been  characterized  by price  erosion,  rapid  technological  change,  and
foreign competition.  The Company competes with major domestic and international
companies,  many of which have  greater  market  recognition  and  substantially
greater financial, technical, marketing,  distribution, and other resources than
the Company possesses.  Emerging companies also may increase their participation
in the user  interface  device  market.  The  ability of the  Company to compete
successfully depends on a number of factors both within and outside its control,
including the quality, performance, reliability, features, ease of use, pricing,
and diversity of its product solutions; foreign currency fluctuations, which may
cause a foreign competitor's  products to be priced significantly lower than the
Company's products; the quality of its customer services; its ability to address
the needs of its  customers;  its success in  designing  and  manufacturing  new
product   solutions,   including  those   implementing  new  technologies;   the
availability  of  adequate  sources  of raw  materials  and  other  supplies  at
acceptable  prices;  its efficiency of production;  the rate at which  customers
incorporate  the  Company's  user  interface  devices  into their own  products;
product solution introductions by the Company's competitors; the number, nature,
and  success  of its  competitors  in a given  market;  and  general  market and
economic conditions.  The Company currently competes principally on the basis of
the  technical  innovation  and  performance  of  its  user  interface  devices,
including  their  ease of use and  reliability,  as well as on cost  and  timely
design,  manufacturing,   and  delivery  schedules.  The  Company's  competitive
position could be adversely  affected if one or more of these customers increase
their own capacity and decide to design and manufacture their own user interface
devices, to use standard devices, or to outsource with a competitor. There is no
assurance that the Company will continue to be able to compete  successfully  in
the future.  See  "Description of Business - Competition" contained in Item 1 of
this Report.

Shortage of Raw Materials and Supplies

         The  principal raw  materials  used in producing the Company's  product
solutions  consist of gallium arsenide and gallium  phosphorous  wafers and die,
LCD glass, driver die, circuit boards, molded plastic parts, lead frames,
                                       12
<PAGE>
wire,  chips,  and  packaging  materials,  most of which are acquired from Asian
sources. The Company does not have long-term contracts with its suppliers.

         The Company believes that there are alternative sources of supplies for
most of these materials. Many of such materials,  however, must be obtained from
foreign suppliers, which subjects the Company to certain risks, including supply
interruptions  and currency price  fluctuations.  Purchasers of these materials,
including the Company, experience difficulty from time to time in obtaining such
materials.   The  Company's  suppliers  currently  are  adequately  meeting  the
requirements of the Company,  and the Company's ability to produce a substantial
portion of its own requirements for LCD glass in its new facility is expected to
reduce the Company's dependence on foreign suppliers of LCD glass.

The Electronics Industry: Cyclicity and Capital Requirements

         The electronics industry has experienced significant economic downturns
at various  times,  characterized  by  diminished  product  demand,  accelerated
erosion of average selling prices,  and production  over-capacity.  In addition,
the electronics  industry has been  characterized by cyclicity.  The Company has
sought to reduce its exposure to industry  downturns  and cyclicity by providing
design and  production  services  for  leading  companies  in rapidly  expanding
segments of the  electronics  industry.  However,  the  Company  may  experience
substantial period-to-period fluctuations in future operating results because of
general industry conditions or events occurring in the general economy. There is
no assurance that the Company will continue to experience increased demand.

         To remain  competitive,  the Company must continue to make  significant
investments in research and development,  equipment, and facilities. As a result
of the increase in fixed costs and operating  expenses  related to these capital
expenditures,  the Company's  operating results may be adversely affected if its
net sales do not  increase  sufficiently  to offset  the  increased  costs.  The
Company  from  time to time may seek  additional  equity  or debt  financing  to
provide  for the  capital  expenditures  required  to  maintain  or  expand  the
Company's design and production facilities and equipment.  The timing and amount
of any such capital  requirements cannot be predicted at this time. There can be
no assurance that any such financing will be available on acceptable  terms.  If
such financing is not available on satisfactory terms, the Company may be unable
to expand its  business or develop  new  customers  at the rate  desired and its
operating results may be adversely  affected.  Debt financing increases expenses
and must be repaid  regardless  of operating  results.  Equity  financing  could
result in  additional  dilution  to  existing  stockholders.  See  "Management's
Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of Operations -
Liquidity and Capital Resources" contained in Item 7 of this Report.

Environmental Regulation

         The  operations of the Company  result in the creation of small amounts
of hazardous waste, including various epoxies,  gases, inks, solvents, and other
wastes.  The  Company,  therefore,  is  subject  to  federal,  state,  and local
governmental regulations related to the use, storage, discharge, and disposal of
toxic,  volatile,  or  otherwise  hazardous  chemicals  used in its  design  and
manufacturing  processes.  The amount of hazardous waste produced by the Company
may increase in the future depending on changes in the Company's operations. The
failure  by  the  Company  to  comply  with  present  or  future   environmental
regulations  could result in fines being  imposed on the Company,  suspension of
production, or a cessation of operations. Compliance with such regulations could
require the Company to acquire  costly  equipment or to incur other  significant
expenses.  Any  failure  by the  Company to  control  the use of, or  adequately
restrict the  discharge  of,  hazardous  substances  could  subject it to future
liabilities.

         In January 1991, the Company  received a notice of potential  liability
respecting a landfill site near the Company's  former  property in  Barkhamsted,
Connecticut from the United States  Environmental  Protection Agency. No further
administrative action was taken against the Company and the Company has recently
been  advised  by a  representative  of the EPA that the  Company  will  have no
liability  with respect to this matter.  In a separate  matter,  the Company has
removed  contamination and continues to conduct periodic chemical  monitoring at
the Company's former Connecticut property.  There can be no assurance that other
environmental  problems will not be discovered in the future which could subject
the  Company  to future  costs or  liabilities.  See  "Description of Business -
Environmental Regulation" contained in Item 1 of this Report.
                                       13
<PAGE>
Change in Control Provisions

         The Company's  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the "Restated
Certificate")  and the Delaware  General  Corporation  Law (the "Delaware  GCL")
contain provisions that may have the effect of making more difficult or delaying
attempts by others to obtain  control of the Company,  even when these  attempts
may be in the best  interests of  stockholders.  The Restated  Certificate  also
authorizes the Board of Directors, without stockholder approval, to issue one or
more series of  Preferred  Stock which could have voting and  conversion  rights
that adversely affect or dilute the voting power of the holders of Common Stock.
The  Delaware  GCL also  imposes  conditions  on  certain  business  combination
transactions with "interested stockholders" (as defined therein).

Rights to Acquire Shares

         At December  31, 1996,  9,000 shares of Common Stock were  reserved for
issuance upon exercise of options  previously  granted under the Company's  1994
Automatic  Stock Option Plan;  197,000  shares of Common Stock were reserved for
issuance upon exercise of options  previously  granted under the Company's  1993
Stock Option Plan; and 345,776 shares of Common Stock were reserved for issuance
upon  exercise of options  previously  granted  under the  Company's  1990 Stock
Option Plan.  The weighted  average  exercise price of those shares is $6.92 per
share.  During  the terms of such  options,  the  holders  thereof  will have an
opportunity  to profit from an increase in the market price of Common Stock with
resulting dilution in the interests of holders of Common Stock. The existence of
such stock  options  may  adversely  affect the terms on which the  Company  can
obtain additional financing,  and the holders of such options can be expected to
exercise such options at a time when the Company,  in all  likelihood,  would be
able to obtain  additional  capital by  offering  shares of its Common  Stock on
terms more  favorable to the Company than those provided by the exercise of such
options.

Repurchase of Common Stock

         In August 1996, the Board of Directors  authorized the repurchase  from
time to time of up to one million  shares of the  Company's  Common Stock on the
open market or in negotiated  transactions,  depending on market  conditions and
other  factors.  The  repurchase  of  shares by the  Company  would  reduce  the
Company's capital.  If the Company obtains financing from other sources for such
repurchases,  the  liabilities of the Company would  increase.  The reduction in
capital or increase in liabilities  could adversely affect the Company's ability
to  expand  its  business  or  commit  resources  to  needed  expenditures.  See
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations  -  Liquidity  and  Capital  Resources"  contained  in Item 7 of this
Report. A significant  reduction in the number of shares outstanding on the open
market  could  also  increase  the  volatility  of the  stock as a result of the
reduced supply of available shares on the open market.

Shares Eligible for Future Sale; Potential Depressive Effect on Stock Price

         Currently,  Rule 144 under the  Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the
"Securities  Act"),  provides that each person who beneficially  owns restricted
securities  with respect to which at least two years has elapsed since the later
of the date the shares were  acquired  from the Company or an  affiliate  of the
Company may, every three months,  sell in ordinary brokerage  transactions or to
market  makers  an amount of shares  equal to the  greater  of 1 percent  of the
Company's then-outstanding Common Stock or the average weekly trading volume for
the four weeks  prior to the  proposed  sale of such  shares.  An  aggregate  of
741,262  shares of Common  Stock held by an officer and  director of the Company
currently are available for sale under Rule 144. Sales of substantial amounts of
Common  Stock by  stockholders  of the  Company or even the  potential  for such
sales, are likely to have a depressive  effect on the market price of the Common
Stock and could impair the Company's  ability to raise capital  through the sale
of its equity securities.

Dividends

         The Company has never paid any cash  dividends  on its Common Stock and
does not anticipate  that it will pay cash dividends in the near term.  Instead,
the Company  intends to apply any earnings to the expansion and  development  of
its  business.  See "Market for Common Equity and Related  Stockholder  Matters"
contained in Item 5 of this Report.
                                       14
<PAGE>
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

         Certain  statements and information  contained in this Report under the
headings "Business," "Special  Considerations," and "Management's Discussion and
Analysis of Financial  Condition and Results of Operations"  concerning  future,
proposed, and anticipated activities of the Company, certain trends with respect
to the Company's revenue, operating results, capital resources, and liquidity or
with  respect to the  markets in which the Company  competes or the  electronics
industry in general,  and other  statements  contained in this Report  regarding
matters that are not historical facts are  forward-looking  statements,  as such
term is defined in the Securities Act.  Forward-  looking  statements,  by their
very  nature,  include  risks and  uncertainties,  many of which are  beyond the
Company's control.  Accordingly,  actual results may differ, perhaps materially,
from those expressed in or implied by such forward-looking  statements.  Factors
that could cause actual  results to differ  materially  include those  discussed
elsewhere under this Item 1, "Business - Special Considerations."


ITEM 2.           DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

         During  1995,  the  Company  completed  the  construction  of  its  new
principal  facility  to  house  its  U.S.-based  manufacturing  operations;  its
research,  development,  engineering,  design, and corporate functions;  and the
largest  LCD glass  manufacturing  operations  in North  America.  The  facility
contains  97,000  square feet of space  located on a 5.7 acre site in the Papago
Park Center in Tempe,  Arizona.  The Company entered into a ground lease through
December  31,  2069,  subject to renewal and  purchase  options as well as early
termination provisions. Costs to construct,  furnish, and equip the new facility
were approximately $24.0 million.

         The Company leases  approximately  3,500 square feet of office space in
Swindon,  United  Kingdom,  where it maintains its European  administrative  and
executive offices.

         The Company leases  approximately  60,000 square feet of  manufacturing
space in Manila, the Philippines. Approximately 40,000 square feet is subject to
a lease which expires on December 31, 1999, and the remaining 20,000 square feet
is subject to a lease which expires on March 31, 1997, with renewal  options for
two additional years.


ITEM 3.           LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

         There are no legal  proceedings  to which the  Company is a party or to
which any of its properties are subject,  other than routine litigation incident
to the Company's business which is covered by insurance or an indemnity or which
are not  expected  to have a  material  adverse  effect  on the  Company.  It is
possible,  however,  that the  Company  could  incur  claims for which it is not
insured or that exceed the amount of its insurance coverage.


ITEM 4.           SUBMISSION OF MATTERS TO A VOTE OF SECURITY HOLDERS

         Not applicable
                                       15
<PAGE>
                                     PART II

ITEM 5.           MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

         The  Company's  Common  Stock  has been  listed  on the New York  Stock
Exchange  ("NYSE") under the symbol "TFS" since December 29, 1994. The Company's
Common Stock was listed on the American Stock Exchange ("AMEX") from January 28,
1993 through  December 28, 1994.  The  Company's  Common Stock was listed on the
AMEX Emerging  Company  Marketplace  from March 18, 1992 until January 27, 1993,
and on the Nasdaq National Market system from May 1, 1990 until March 17, 1992.

         The following table sets forth the quarterly high and low prices of the
Company's  Common  Stock for the  periods  indicated,  adjusted  to reflect  the
two-for-one split of the Common Stock effected as a stock dividend in May 1994.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     High                 Low
                                                                                     ----                 ---
<S>                                                                             <C>                 <C>    
1993:
First Quarter.................................................................   $   3  7/8          $   1  3/4
Second Quarter................................................................       8                   3  7/16
Third Quarter.................................................................      12  1/16             6  3/8
Fourth Quarter................................................................      17  5/8             10  7/8

1994:
First Quarter.................................................................   $  30  7/8          $  16  9/16
Second Quarter................................................................      29  15/16           20
Third Quarter.................................................................      46  1/2             26  1/4
Fourth Quarter................................................................      50                  28  3/4

1995:
First Quarter.................................................................   $  38  3/8          $  20  5/8
Second Quarter................................................................      38  7/8             22  3/8
Third Quarter.................................................................      36  3/4             24  1/4
Fourth Quarter................................................................      26  1/2             16

1996:
First Quarter.................................................................   $  21  7/8          $  11  5/8
Second Quarter................................................................      14  1/8              9  1/8
Third Quarter.................................................................      13                   8  3/4
Fourth Quarter................................................................      14                  10  5/8

1997:
First Quarter (through March 6, 1997).........................................   $  16  1/8          $  12  1/4
</TABLE>

         As of March 6, 1997, there were  approximately  1,200 holders of record
of the Company's Common Stock.

         The  present  policy of the  Company is to retain  earnings  to provide
funds for the operation and expansion of its business.  The Company has not paid
dividends on its Common Stock and does not anticipate  that it will do so in the
near term. Furthermore,  the Company's line of credit with Wells Fargo Bank does
not permit the payment of dividends without the consent of Wells Fargo Bank. The
payment  of  dividends  in the  future  will  depend  on the  Company's  growth,
profitability,  financial  condition,  and other factors which the directors may
deem relevant.
                                       16
<PAGE>
ITEM 6.           SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

         The following table summarizes certain selected consolidated  financial
data of the  Company  and is  qualified  in its  entirety  by the more  detailed
consolidated  financial statements and notes thereto appearing elsewhere herein.
The data have been derived from the  consolidated  financial  statements  of the
Company  audited by Arthur Andersen LLP,  independent  public  accountants.  All
share amounts and per share data have been  adjusted to reflect the  two-for-one
split of the Company's Common Stock effected as a stock dividend in May 1994.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   1996          1995         1994         1993(1)          1992
                                                                   ----          ----         ----         -------          ----
<S>                                                              <C>           <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>    
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss):                                  (in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net sales..................................................      $60,713       $91,585      $85,477        $38,002        $20,833
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Costs and expenses:
  Cost of sales............................................       58,321        70,481       59,409         26,725         15,388
  Selling, general and administrative......................        5,351         5,386        4,867          3,853          3,469
  Research and development.................................        4,065         2,396        1,270            857            468
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
                                                                  67,737        78,263       65,546         31,435         19,325
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Operating income (loss)....................................       (7,024)       13,322       19,931          6,567          1,508
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Other income (expense)
  Interest, net............................................          412           765          859           (117)          (179)
  Other, net...............................................         (139)         (122)        (135)          (277)          (160)
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
                                                                     273           643          724           (394)          (339)
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from)
  income taxes and cumulative effect of
  accounting change........................................       (6,751)       13,965       20,655          6,173          1,169
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes..................       (2,920)        5,548        8,109          2,043            147
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
  accounting change........................................       (3,831)        8,417       12,546          4,130          1,022
Cumulative effect of accounting change.....................           --            --           --            924             --
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Net income (loss)..........................................      $(3,831)      $ 8,417      $12,546        $ 5,054        $ 1,022
                                                                 =======       =======      =======        =======        =======
Earnings (loss) per common share and common share equivalent:
  Income (loss) before cumulative effect of
    accounting change......................................      $ (0.49)      $  1.04      $  1.59        $  0.59        $  0.14
  Cumulative effect of accounting change...................           --            --           --           0.13             --
                                                                 -------       -------      -------        -------        -------
Net income (loss)..........................................      $ (0.49)      $  1.04      $  1.59        $  0.72        $  0.14
                                                                 =======       =======      =======        =======        =======

Weighted average number of common
  shares and common share equivalents outstanding..........        7,766         8,084        7,882          7,040          7,225

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
(at end of period):

Working capital............................................      $21,513       $22,400      $37,638        $ 7,427        $ 4,450
Total assets...............................................       62,569        63,780       56,280         17,470          9,811
Notes payable to banks and long-term debt..................           --         3,000          182            223          2,184
Stockholders' equity.......................................       51,184        55,224       46,561         10,202          4,661
</TABLE>
- -----------------
(1)      The Company  adopted  Statement of Financial  Accounting  Standards No.
         109,  "Accounting  for Income  Taxes,"  effective  January 1, 1993. The
         presentation  above  includes  the  cumulative  effect of the change in
         accounting  principle which increased net income by $924,000,  or $0.13
         per share, for the year ended December 31, 1993.
                                       17
<PAGE>
ITEM 7.           MANAGEMENT'S  DISCUSSION  AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL  CONDITION
                  AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Results of Operations

Annual Table: Percentages of Net Sales

         The  following  table  sets  forth,  for  the  periods  indicated,  the
percentage  of  net  sales  of  certain  items  in  the  Consolidated  Financial
Statements of the Company.  The table and the discussion below should be read in
conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           Year Ended December 31,
                                                                                            -----------------------
                                                                                       1996         1995         1994
                                                                                       ----         ----         ----
<S>                                                                                    <C>          <C>          <C>   
Net sales..................................................................            100.0%       100.0%       100.0%
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Costs and expenses
  Cost of sales............................................................             96.1         77.0         69.5
  Selling, general, and administrative.....................................              8.8          5.9          5.7
  Research and development.................................................              6.7          2.6          1.5
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
                                                                                       111.6         85.5         76.7
Operating income (loss)....................................................            (11.6)        14.5         23.3
Other income (expense)    
  Interest, net............................................................              0.7          0.8          1.0
  Other, net...............................................................             (0.2)        (0.1)        (0.1)
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
                                                                                         0.5          0.7          0.9
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Income (loss) before provision for (benefit from) income taxes.............            (11.1)        15.2         24.2
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes..................................             (4.8)         6.1          9.5
                                                                                       -----        -----        -----
Net income (loss)..........................................................             (6.3)%        9.1%        14.7%
                                                                                       ======        =====        =====
</TABLE>
Year Ended December 31, 1996 Compared with Year Ended December 31,1995

         Net sales were $60.7  million  for 1996,  a  decrease  of 33.7  percent
compared  with net sales of $91.6  million  for 1995.  The  sales  decrease  was
primarily a result of lower order rates from the  Company's  major  customer for
existing  product  programs.  During the first quarter of 1996,  that  customer,
which is in the wireless communications  industry,  informed the Company that it
had made an  unexpected  decision to begin  phasing out certain of its  cellular
products that used display modules which comprised the Company's highest volume,
longest running programs. Subsequently, the phase-out of those programs occurred
even more quickly than the Company had anticipated or its customer had initially
indicated.  The  sudden  and  unexpected  reduction  of those  programs  was the
greatest   contributor  to  the  reduced  revenue  in  1996.  The  long  product
development  time in the custom  business  prevented  the Company  from  quickly
replacing the  phased-out  programs.  In 1996,  the Company's  largest  customer
accounted  for net  sales  of $39.5  million  compared  with net  sales of $73.7
million to that customer for 1995, for an overall decrease of 46.4 percent.  The
Company's  major customer  accounted for  approximately  65.1 percent of the net
sales for 1996  compared  with  approximately  80.5 percent for 1995.  All other
customers  accounted  for net sales of $21.2  million for 1996 compared with net
sales of $17.9 million for 1995.

         Cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales,  increased to 96.1 percent
for 1996 as compared with 77 percent for 1995. The corresponding  decline in the
gross  margin  was the  result  of a  number  of  factors,  including  increased
provisions for excess and obsolete inventory,  manufacturing variances occurring
as a result of decreased manufacturing volume and material purchases,  and sales
of low-margin products. In the third quarter of 1996, the Company took a special
one-time  provision  for excess and  obsolete  inventory  related  primarily  to
end-of-life  programs for which the majority of shipments,  expected to occur in
the latter  part of 1996,  never  materialized.  Furthermore,  the  Company  was
required to make significant design modifications to a new product, which also
                                       18
<PAGE>
resulted in obsolete  inventory.  The Company has since  implemented  procedures
that attempt to balance the benefits of responsiveness to customer needs against
the  risks of  purchasing  inventory  too soon by  discussing,  allocating,  and
sharing inventory risk with its customers.  Without the provision for excess and
obsolete  inventory  taken  in the  third  quarter,  the  cost  of  sales,  as a
percentage of net sales, would have been 84.5 percent for 1996.

         Selling, general, and administrative expense was $5.4 million for 1996,
the same as in 1995. As a result of reduced revenue in 1996,  however,  selling,
general,  and  administrative  expense rose to 8.8 percent of net sales from 5.9
percent of net sales in 1995.

         Research and development  expense totaled $4.1 million,  or 6.7 percent
of net sales,  for 1996 as  compared  with $2.4  million,  or 2.6 percent of net
sales,  for 1995.  Research and  development  expense  consists  principally  of
salaries and benefits to  scientists  and other  personnel,  related  facilities
costs,  including  certain  expenses  associated with the start-up and continued
operations of the LCD line in Tempe, Arizona, and various expenses for projects.
Research and  development  expense has  increased as the Company has invested in
new technologies and manufacturing processes,  developed new potential products,
and  continued  its  in-house  process   development   efforts  related  to  the
high-volume   manufacturing  LCD  line.  The  Company  believes  that  continued
investments in research and development relating to manufacturing  processes and
new display  technology are necessary to remain  competitive in the marketplace,
as well as to provide opportunities for growth.

         Interest  income (net) for 1996 was  $412,000,  down from  $765,000 for
1995. The decrease in interest  income was the result of investing lower average
cash balances  during the year.  Other expenses (net)  increased to $139,000 for
1996 from  $122,000  for 1995.  An increase in closed  facilities  expenses  and
foreign  exchange losses in 1996 was partially offset by decreased net losses on
the sale of assets.

         There was a benefit  from income  taxes of $2.9  million  for 1996,  as
compared to a provision for income taxes of $5.5 million for 1995. This resulted
primarily  from having a loss in 1996 as compared  with  reporting net income in
1995.  The reported  tax rate for the Company in the fourth  quarter of 1996 was
lower than normal  because of an adjustment  related to the  difference  between
1995 tax accruals and taxes actually incurred.  This adjustment was $371,000 and
was  reflected  in the  reduced  tax  provision  in the fourth  quarter of 1996.
Overall,  the tax rate for the Company for 1996 was 43.3  percent as compared to
39.7  percent  for 1995.  The  Company  expects  that the tax rate for 1997 will
approximate 40 percent.

         For 1996, the Company reported a net loss of $3.8 million, or $0.49 per
share, as compared to net income of $8.4 million,  or $1.04 per share, for 1995.
Without  the  provision  for excess and  obsolete  inventory  taken in the third
quarter,  the Company would have  reported net income of $158,000,  or $0.02 per
share in 1996.

Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared with Year Ended December 31,1994

         Net sales were $91.6  million  during 1995,  an increase of 7.1 percent
compared with net sales of $85.5 million during 1994. The sales increase in 1995
was   primarily  a  result  of  higher   order  rates  from  a  major   wireless
communications  customer for existing as well as new product programs.  The rate
of sales growth decreased significantly in 1995 as compared with 1994, primarily
as a result of the  Company's  inability  to bring two new major  programs  into
production  during the  period,  as well as the loss of sales  from other  older
programs that were being phased out of production.

         Cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales, increased to 77 percent in
1995 as compared  with 69.5 percent in 1994.  This increase was primarily due to
manufacturing inefficiencies from design delays, new program introductions,  and
product mix.

         Selling,  general, and administrative expense increased to $5.4 million
during 1995 from $4.9 million  during 1994. The 10.2 percent  increase  resulted
primarily from expenses related to expanding the Company's sales force,
                                       19
<PAGE>
offset by decreased bonus accruals. Selling, general, and administrative expense
increased as a percentage  of net sales to 5.9 percent for 1995 from 5.7 percent
for 1994.

         Research and development  expense totaled $2.4 million,  or 2.6 percent
of net sales,  in 1995 as  compared  with $1.3  million,  or 1.5  percent of net
sales,  in 1994. The increase in research and  development  expense  represented
in-house  development  efforts related to the LCD laboratory and the high-volume
manufacturing line located in Tempe, Arizona.

         Interest  income (net) for 1995 was  $765,000,  down from  $859,000 for
1994. The decrease in interest  income was the result of investing lower average
cash balances  during the year.  Other  expense (net)  decreased to $122,000 for
1995 from  $135,000 for 1994.  The decrease was due  primarily to decreased  net
foreign  exchange  losses  and  decreased  net losses on  dispositions  of fixed
assets.

         The provision  for income taxes  decreased to $5.5 million in 1995 from
$8.1 million in 1994. This resulted  primarily from lower pre-tax income in 1995
as compared with 1994.

         Net income decreased to $8.4 million,  or $1.04 per share, in 1995 from
$12.5 million, or $1.59 per share, in 1994.

Quarterly Results of Operations

         The following table presents unaudited  consolidated  financial results
for each of the eight  quarters  in the period  ended  December  31,  1996.  The
Company  believes that all necessary  adjustments  have been included to present
fairly the quarterly  information when read in conjunction with the Consolidated
Financial Statements.  The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily
indicative of the results for any subsequent quarter.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            Quarters Ended
                                      -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1996                                            1995
                                      -------------------------------------------     -------------------------------------------
                                      Mar 31      June 30     Sept 30      Dec 31     Mar 31     June 30      Sept 30      Dec 31
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------
                                                                (in thousands, except  per share amounts)
<S>                                   <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>        <C>    
Net sales............................ $18,082     $14,457     $13,118     $15,056     $24,483     $22,105      $24,217    $20,780
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------

Costs and expenses:
 Cost of sales.......................  14,401      11,944      19,798      12,178      17,582      16,138       19,790     16,971
 Selling, general, and administrative   1,459       1,471       1,316       1,105       1,272       1,213        1,419      1,482
 Research and development............   1,010         820       1,074       1,161         405         401          770        820
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------
                                       16,870      14,235      22,188      14,444      19,259      17,752       21,979     19,273
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------
Operating income (loss)..............   1,212         222      (9,070)        612       5,224       4,353        2,238      1,507
Other income (expense):
 Interest, net.......................      19         133          90         170         342         279          120         24
 Other, net..........................     (27)        (72)        (17)        (23)        (42)         27          (14)       (93)
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------
Income before provision for
   (benefit from) income taxes.......   1,204         283      (8,997)        759       5,524       4,659        2,344      1,438
Provision for (benefit from)
   income taxes......................     482         113      (3,519)          4       2,210       1,840          961        537
                                      -------     -------     -------     -------     -------     -------      -------    -------
Net income (loss)....................   $ 722       $ 170    $ (5,478)     $  755     $ 3,314     $ 2,819      $ 1,383      $ 901
                                        =====       =====    ========      ======     =======     =======      =======      =====

Earnings (loss) per common share
   and common share equivalent.......   $0.09       $0.02     $(0.70)       $0.09       $0.41       $0.35        $0.17      $0.11
                                        =====       =====    =======       ======     =======     =======      =======      =====
Weighted average number of
  common shares and common
  share equivalents outstanding......   8,040       8,032      7,779        8,049       8,086       8,094        8,088      8,053
</TABLE>
                                       20
<PAGE>
Liquidity and Capital Resources

         During  1996,  the Company  generated  $12.2  million in cash flow from
operations as compared with $1.3 million  during 1995. The increase in cash flow
from  operations  with  substantially  lower  earnings was  primarily due to the
significant increase in the Company's depreciation expense and inventory reserve
provisions,  as well as the substantial reduction of its accounts receivable and
inventory and an increase in its accounts payable and accrued  liabilities.  The
increase  in  depreciation  expense  was  as a  result  of the  start-up  of the
high-volume  LCD  manufacturing  line in Tempe,  Arizona.  The  high-volume  LCD
manufacturing  line is  depreciated  on a units-of-  production  method based on
units started. It is anticipated that depreciation will rise in 1997 as a result
of an expected  higher number of starts for the  high-volume  LCD  manufacturing
line in 1997 versus 1996, as well as having additional  capital  expenditures in
1997. The increase in accrued liabilities  primarily relates to compensation and
customs obligations. The Company's working capital was $21.5 million at December
31, 1996, down slightly from the $22.4 million that it had at December 31, 1995.
The Company's current ratio at December 31, 1996 was 3.2-to-1 as compared with a
current  ratio of 4.0-to-1 at December  31,  1995.  Including  its cash and loan
commitments,  the  Company had over $32  million in readily  available  funds on
December 31, 1996.

         During 1996, the Company's primary financing activity was to repay with
cash flow from  operations  $3  million of debt that was  outstanding  under the
revolving  line of credit at December  31,  1995.  In August  1996,  the Company
modified its $15 million unsecured  revolving line of credit,  which matures May
31, 1997, with its primary lender, Wells Fargo Bank (formerly,  First Interstate
Bank of Arizona).  At December 31, 1996, no borrowings  were  outstanding  under
this credit  facility.  Advances  under the revolving  line may be made as Prime
Rate Advances, which accrue interest payable monthly at the bank's prime lending
rate,  or as LIBOR Rate  Advances  which bear  interest  at 150 basis  points in
excess of the LIBOR Base Rate.  The  Company's  subsidiary,  Three-Five  Systems
Limited,  has  established an annually  renewable  credit facility with a United
Kingdom  bank,  Barclays  Bank  PLC,  in  order  to  fund  its  working  capital
requirements.  The facility provides  $350,000 of borrowing  capacity secured by
accounts  receivable  of  Three-Five  Systems  Limited.  Advances  are  based on
accounts  receivable,  as defined.  Advances  under the credit  facility  accrue
interest,  which is payable  quarterly,  at the bank's  base rate plus 200 basis
points.  The United Kingdom credit  facility  matures June 20, 1997.  Three-Five
Systems  Limited  had no  borrowings  outstanding  under  this line of credit at
December 31, 1996.

         On Monday,  August 19,  1996,  the Board of  Directors  authorized  the
repurchase from time to time of up to one million shares of the Company's Common
Stock on the open  market or in  negotiated  transactions,  depending  on market
conditions and other factors. The closing price of the Company's Common Stock on
Friday,  August 16, 1996, was $8.75. In October 1996, the Company entered into a
new $5 million  non-revolving  line of credit/term loan with Wells Fargo Bank to
provide  financing for the  acquisition  of any treasury  shares (the  "Treasury
Stock Loan").  The Treasury  Stock Loan is available for advances  until October
24, 1997,  followed by a three-year  amortization period in which principal will
be payable  quarterly in equal  installments.  Advances under the Treasury Stock
Loan will be made as either Prime Rate Advances,  which accrue interest  payable
monthly, at the bank's prime lending rate, or as LIBOR Rate Advances, which bear
interest  at 225 basis  points in excess of the LIBOR Base Rate.  At maturity of
the draw period,  the Company may choose either a fixed rate at 250 basis points
in excess of the  Treasury  Rate or a variable  rate of either the Prime Rate or
LIBOR Rate. The Treasury  Stock Loan is secured by all equipment  located in the
state of Arizona and a non-filed  negative  pledge on the Company's  real estate
located in Tempe,  Arizona. The Company must apply all proceeds from the sale of
any treasury stock to the  outstanding  principal  balance of the Treasury Stock
Loan. As of December 31, 1996,  22,500 treasury shares had been purchased by the
Company  at a  total  cost  of  $253,000,  but  the  Company  had no  borrowings
outstanding under the Treasury Stock Loan.

         Capital  expenditures  during  1996  were  approximately  $948,000,  as
compared with $27.1 million during 1995. Capital expenditures for 1996 consisted
primarily of manufacturing and office equipment for the Company's  operations in
Manila and  Arizona and  laboratory  equipment  for  research  and  development.
Expenditures  for 1995  consisted  primarily  of payments  to  complete  its new
manufacturing and headquarters  facility in Tempe,  Arizona as well as equipment
for its operations in Manila and Arizona.  The Company  anticipates that it will
increase its capital
                                       21
<PAGE>
expenditures during 1997, although those capital  expenditures should not have a
significant  effect on the Company's  liquidity because the expenditures  should
not be in excess  of its 1997  depreciation  expense.  Those  expenditures  will
primarily relate to advanced manufacturing  processes, the high-volume LCD line,
and necessary manufacturing equipment.

         The Company  anticipates  that accounts  receivable  and inventory will
rise in 1997 if revenue levels  increase as currently  anticipated.  The Company
believes that its existing  capital and  anticipated  cash flow from  operations
will  provide  adequate  sources to fund  operations  and  planned  expenditures
throughout 1997 without any need for borrowings.  Should the Company  purchase a
significant  amount of treasury shares or encounter  unexpected  additional cash
requirements,  however,  the Company believes that its existing loan commitments
of $20 million  will be  adequate.  The Company  also  expects that its existing
capital,  anticipated cash flow from  operations,  and existing loan commitments
will  provide  adequate   sources  for  its  long-term   liquidity  and  capital
requirements,  such as expansion of its manufacturing  facilities oversees.  The
Company does not anticipate such expansion for two to three years.

Effects of Inflation and Foreign Currency Exchange Fluctuations

         The results of operations of the Company for the periods discussed have
not been significantly  affected by inflation or foreign currency  fluctuations.
The Company  generally  sells its products and services and negotiates  purchase
orders with its foreign suppliers in United States dollars.  An exception is the
Company's sub-assembly  agreement in the Philippines,  which is based on a fixed
conversion  rate,  exposing the Company to exchange rate  fluctuations  with the
Philippine  peso.  Although the Company has not  incurred any material  exchange
gains or losses to date, there can be no assurance that fluctuations in currency
exchange  rates in the future will not have an adverse  effect on the  Company's
operations. The Company from time to time may enter into hedging transactions in
order to minimize its exposure to currency rate fluctuations.

Business Outlook and Risk Factors

         The Company intends to continue its efforts to expand and diversify its
sales base in 1997,  an area in which the Company  believes  that it already has
made significant strides. The Company's major customer,  which had accounted for
as much as 80 percent of the  Company's  business in past years,  accounted  for
only 53 percent of the  Company's  business in the fourth  quarter of 1996.  The
current  business  plan of the Company  targets that  customer to account for no
more than 40 percent of its revenue in 1997. This  percentage  reduction in 1997
is expected to occur for two  reasons.  First,  although  the number of programs
that the Company has with its major  customer  have  continued to increase,  the
average  selling  price of the products  sold to that  customer  have  declined.
Second,  the business plan of the Company  calls for a  substantial  increase in
sales to other  customers.  In 1997, the Company expects that all  communication
products  will  account  for less than 50 percent of its  revenue  with a strong
growth in office automation products.  The Company also is planning to introduce
more  standard  product  lines  late in 1997 in  order  to  mitigate  the  risks
associated  with  custom  design  modules.  Using  the  last  half  of 1996 as a
baseline,  the Company is planning for modest  revenue  growth  during the first
half of 1997 and a more  rapid  growth in the last  half of the  year.  Although
increased  competition  in the display  module  industry  from Asian  suppliers,
partially  as a result of a strong  dollar,  have reduced  margins,  the Company
expects  that a variety  of  factors,  including  a more  diverse  product  mix,
proprietary  products,  and greater  manufacturing  efficiencies  as a result of
increased production,  should enable the Company over time to increase its gross
margins to the low- or mid-twenties as a percentage of revenue.

         As the Company  expands and  diversifies its product and customer base,
it will have to  increase  its selling and  administrative  expenses.  Serving a
myriad of  customers  with  complex  and  differing  issues  requires  increased
personnel committed to those customers. As a result, the actual dollar amount of
the selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses in 1997 should be 10 to 25
percent greater than in 1996, although SG&A expenditures should decrease in 1997
as a percent of net sales.
                                       22
<PAGE>
         The Company will also continue its research and development efforts. In
1996, the Company expanded and intensified its research and development to focus
on  proprietary   display  products  rather  than  just  manufacturing   process
improvements.  Use of the LCD manufacturing line in Tempe, Arizona is the key to
the  development of these  products,  some of which will be proprietary  and not
available  from other display  manufacturers.  This focus will continue in 1997.
The  Company  believes  that  the key to its  future  is to be a  leader  in the
development of new passive matrix display  technology.  As a result,  the actual
dollar amount of such  expenditures  in 1997 should be 10 to 15 percent  greater
than  in  1996,  although  R & D  expenditures  should  decrease  in  1997  as a
percentage of net sales.

         The  Company's  future  operating  results  may be  affected by various
trends,  developments,  and factors that the Company must successfully manage in
order to achieve its goals.  In addition,  there are trends,  developments,  and
factors  beyond  the  Company's  control  that may affect  its  operations.  The
cautionary  statements  and risk  factors set forth below and  elsewhere in this
document,  and in the Company's  other filings with the  Securities and Exchange
Commission, identify important trends, factors, and currently known developments
that  could  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  in any
forward-looking  statements  contained in this report and in any written or oral
statements of the Company.  Forward-looking  statements  in this report  include
revenue,  margin,  expense,  and  earnings  analysis  for  1997  as  well as the
Company's expectations relating to future design and production orders.

         As noted  previously,  one  customer  is  currently  responsible  for a
majority  of the  Company's  business.  Although  that  customer  is expected to
account for only 40 percent of the  Company's  revenue in 1997,  the majority of
the Company's business in 1997 will still likely come from a core customer base.
For example, it is expected that one of the Company's recent new customers could
account for as much as 20 percent of the Company's  revenue in 1997.  Thus,  any
material delay,  cancellation,  or reduction of orders from one or more of those
core customers could have a material adverse effect on the Company's operations.

         Although  the trend of the Company is to enter into more  manufacturing
contracts with its  customers,  the principal  benefit of these  contracts is to
clarify order lead times, inventory risk allocation, and similar matters and not
to provide firm, long-term volume purchase commitments.  The Company has no firm
long-term  volume  purchase  commitments  from  its  customers.  Thus,  customer
commitments  can be  canceled,  and  expected  volume  levels  can be changed or
delayed.  The timely replacement of canceled,  delayed,  or reduced  commitments
cannot be assured and, among other things,  could result in the Company  holding
excess and obsolete inventory or having  manufacturing  variances as a result of
under-absorption.  These  risks  are  exacerbated  because  a  majority  of  the
Company's  expected  sales  will  be to  customers  in  the  retail  electronics
industry, which is subject to severe competitive pressures,  rapid technological
change, and obsolescence.

         Another  risk,  which  is  inherent  in  custom  manufacturing,  is the
satisfactory  completion of design  services and securing of production  orders.
Completion of the design is dependent on the  customer's  changing needs and not
every design is  successful in meeting  those needs.  In addition,  some designs
test new theories or applications and may not meet the desired results.  Failure
of a design order to achieve the  customer's  desired  results could result in a
material adverse effect on the Company's  operations if the expected  production
order  for  that  product  was  significant.  Finally,  even  when a  design  is
satisfactorily  completed,  the customer may terminate or delay the program as a
result of  marketing  or other  pressures.  It is  expected  that a  significant
portion of the  Company's  anticipated  revenue for 1997 will come from programs
still in the design or pilot production stage at the end of 1996.

         The Company  designs and  manufactures  products  based on firm quotes.
Thus,  the Company  bears the risk of  component  price  increases,  which could
adversely affect the Company's gross margins.  In addition,  the Company depends
on certain  suppliers,  and the  unavailability  or shortage of materials  could
cause  delays or lost  orders,  either of which  could have a  material  adverse
effect on the Company.

         Finally,  the Company's success,  especially in penetrating new markets
and increasing its OEM customer base, depends to a large extent upon the efforts
and abilities of key managerial and technical employees. The loss
                                       23
<PAGE>
of services of certain key personnel could have a material adverse effect on the
Company.  The  Company's  business  also depends upon its ability to continue to
attract and retain senior managers and skilled employees. Failure to do so could
adversely affect the Company's operations.

         As a result of the foregoing  and other  factors,  the Company's  stock
price may be subject to  significant  volatility,  particularly  on a  quarterly
basis.  Any shortfall in revenue or earnings from levels  expected by investors,
analysts,  and brokers could have an immediate and significant adverse effect on
the  trading  price  of  the  Company's   Common  Stock  in  any  given  period.
Additionally,  the  Company  may not learn of such  shortfalls  until  late in a
fiscal quarter,  which could result in an even more immediate and adverse effect
on the trading price of the  Company's  Common Stock.  Finally,  other  factors,
which generally affect the market for stocks of high technology companies, could
cause the price of the Company's  Common Stock to fluctuate  substantially  over
short periods for reasons unrelated to the Company's performance.


ITEM 8.           FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

         Reference is made to the financial statements,  the report thereon, the
notes thereto and the supplementary  data commencing at page F-1 of this Report,
which financial  statements,  report,  notes and data are incorporated herein by
reference.

ITEM 9.           CHANGES IN AND  DISAGREEMENTS  WITH  ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING
                  AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

         Not applicable.


                                    PART III

ITEM 10.          DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

         The  information  required by this Item  relating to  directors  of the
Company is  incorporated  by reference to the definitive  Proxy  Statement filed
pursuant to  Regulation  14A of the Exchange Act for the  Company's  1997 Annual
Meeting of  Stockholders.  The  information  required  by this Item  relating to
executive  officers of the Company is  included  in  "Description  of Business -
Executive Officers" contained in Item 1 of this Report.


ITEM 11.          EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

         The  information  required  by this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference to the definitive  Proxy Statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of
the Exchange Act for the Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


ITEM 12.          SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

         The  information  required  by this  Item  is  incorporated  herein  by
reference to the definitive  Proxy Statement filed pursuant to Regulation 14A of
the Exchange Act for the Company's 1997 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.


ITEM 13.          CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

         Not applicable.
                                       24
<PAGE>
                                     PART IV

ITEM 14.          EXHIBITS AND REPORTS ON FORM 8-K

(a)      Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

         (1)      Financial  Statements  are  listed in the  Index to  Financial
                  Statements on page F-1 of this Report.
         (2)      Financial Statement Schedule:

                  Schedule II Valuation and Qualifying  Accounts and Reserves is
                  set forth on page S-1 of this Report.

         Other  schedules  are  omitted  because  they are not  applicable,  not
required  or  because  required  information  is  included  in the  consolidated
financial statements or notes thereto.

(b)      Reports on Form 8-K

         Not applicable.

(c)      Exhibits

Exhibit
Number                                Exhibits
- ------                                --------

2                 Amended and Restated Agreement and Plan of Reorganization(1)
3(a)              Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company(2)
3(b)              Bylaws of the Company(1)
10(a)             1990 Incentive Stock Option Plan(1)
10(b)             Line of  Credit  Agreements  between  the  Company  and  First
                  Interstate Bank of Arizona, N.A.(3)
10(c)             Line of Credit Agreement  between  Three-Five  Systems Limited
                  and Barclays Bank, PLC(1)
10(d)             Sub-Assembly  Agreement between Three-Five  Systems,  Inc. and
                  TEAM Pacific Corporation dated February 22, 1995(3)
10(g)             Form  of  Three-Five  Systems,   Inc.  Distributor   Franchise
                  Agreement(4)
10(h)             Form  of  Three-Five   Systems,   Inc.  Sales   Representative
                  Agreement(4)
10(j)             1993 Stock Option Plan(4)
10(k)             1994 Automatic Stock Option Plan(5)
10(l)             Lease Agreement  between  Technology  Electronic  Assembly and
                  Management   (T.E.A.M.)  Pacific  Corporation  and  Three-Five
                  Systems Pacific, Inc.(6)
10(m)             Lease  Agreement   between  Regent  Apparel   Corporation  and
                  Three-Five Systems Pacific, Inc.(6)
10(n)             Second  Modification  Agreement between First Interstate Bank,
                  N.A. and  Three-Five  Systems,  Inc.,  together with Revolving
                  Promissory Note for $15,000,000(6)
10(o)             Lease dated April 1, 1994,  between  Papago Park Center,  Inc.
                  and Three-Five Systems, Inc.
10(p)             Third  Modification  Agreement  dated August 5, 1996,  between
                  Wells Fargo Bank of Arizona,  National  Association  (formerly
                  First  Interstate  Bank  of  Arizona,   N.A.)  and  Three-Five
                  Systems, Inc.)
0(q)              Fourth Modification  Agreement dated October 24, 1996, between
                  Wells Fargo Bank of Arizona,  National  Association  (formerly
                  First  Interstate  Bank  of  Arizona,   N.A.)  and  Three-Five
                  Systems, Inc.)
10(r)             Promissory  Note dated  October  24,  1996,  in the  principal
                  amount of $5,000,000  issued by Three- Five Systems,  Inc., as
                  Maker, to Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Payee.
                                       25
<PAGE>
Exhibit
Number                                Exhibits
- ------                                --------


10(s)             Security  Agreement dated October 24, 1996, between Three-Five
                  Systems, Inc. and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association.
11                Statement re: Computation of Per Share Earnings
21                List of Subsidiaries(6)
23                Consent of Arthur Andersen LLP
27                Financial Data Schedule
- -------------

(1)      Incorporated by reference to the Registration  Statement on Form S-4 of
         TF Consolidation,  Inc.  (Registration No. 33-33944) as filed March 27,
         1990 and declared effective March 27, 1990.
(2)      Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Registrant's  Form  10-QSB for the
         quarter ended March 31, 1994, as filed with the  Commission on or about
         May 12, 1994.
(3)      Incorporated  by  reference  to the  Registrant's  Form  10-KSB for the
         fiscal year ended  December 31, 1994 filed with the Commission on March
         22, 1995, as amended by Form  10-KSB/A as filed with the  Commission on
         April 28, 1995.
(4)      Incorporated  by  reference to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-1
         (Registration  No. 33-74788) as filed on February 3, 1994, and declared
         effective March 15, 1994.
(5)      Incorporated  by  reference to the  Registration  Statement on Form S-8
         (Registration No. 33-88706) as filed on January 24, 1995.
(6)      Incorporated by reference to the Registrant's  Form 10-K for the fiscal
         year ended December 31, 1995, as filed with the Commission on March 13,
         1996.
                                       26
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on
its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

                                      THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.


Date: March 12, 1997                  By /s/ David R. Buchanan                  
                                      ------------------------------------------
                                      David R. Buchanan, Chairman of the Board, 
                                      President, and Chief Executive Officer    
                                      

         Pursuant to the  requirements  of the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,
this  Report has been  signed  below by the  following  persons on behalf of the
Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 Name                                            Title                                 Date
                 ----                                            -----                                 ----

<S>                                      <C>                                                     <C>
/s/ David R. Buchanan                    Chairman of the Board, President,                        March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------  and Chief Executive Officer
David R. Buchanan                        (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ Jeffrey D. Buchanan                  Vice President - Finance, Administration, and            March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------  Legal; Chief Financial Officer; Secretary;
Jeffrey D. Buchanan                      and Treasurer (Principal Financial and
                                         Accounting Officer)

/s/ David C. Malmberg                    Director                                                 March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------
David C. Malmberg

/s/ Burton E. McGillivray                Director                                                 March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------
Burton E. McGillivray

/s/ Jeffrey A. Wilson                    Director                                                 March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------
Jeffrey A. Wilson

/s/ Gary R. Long                         Director                                                 March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------
Gary R. Long

/s/ Kenneth M. Julien                    Director                                                 March 12, 1997
- ---------------------------------------
Kenneth M. Julien
</TABLE>
                                                        27
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.


                   INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS






                                                                       Page

Report of Independent Public Accountants .............................. F-2

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 1996 and 1995 .......... F-3

Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) for the years ended
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.....................................F-4

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the
   years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.........................F-5

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended
   December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994.................................... F-6

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .............................F-7
                                      F-1
<PAGE>
                    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS



To Three-Five Systems, Inc.:


We have  audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of  THREE-FIVE
SYSTEMS,  INC. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries as of December 31, 1996
and  1995,   and  the  related   consolidated   statements  of  income   (loss),
stockholders'  equity and cash  flows for each of the three  years in the period
ended December 31, 1996. These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of
the Company's  management.  Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these
financial statements based on our audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statements  referred to above present fairly, in
all material respects,  the financial position of Three-Five  Systems,  Inc. and
subsidiaries  as of  December  31,  1996  and  1995,  and the  results  of their
operations  and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1996, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

Our  audits  were  made for the  purpose  of  forming  an  opinion  on the basic
financial  statements  taken as a whole.  The  schedules  listed in the index of
financial statements are presented for purposes of complying with the Securities
and  Exchange  Commission's  rules  and are  not  part  of the  basic  financial
statements.  These  schedules  have been  subjected to the  auditing  procedures
applied in the audits of the basic  financial  statements  and, in our  opinion,
fairly state in all  material  respects the  financial  data  required to be set
forth therein in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole.


Arthur Andersen LLP


Phoenix, Arizona,
   January 17, 1997.
                                       F-2
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.

                           CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

                      (in thousands, except share amounts)



<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                 ASSETS

                                                                                       December 31,
                                                                                 -----------------------
                                                                                    1996          1995
                                                                                 ----------   ----------
<S>                                                                              <C>          <C>       
CURRENT ASSETS:
   Cash and cash equivalents                                                     $   12,580   $    4,551
   Accounts receivable, net (Note 2)                                                  6,830        9,346
   Inventories, net (Note 2)                                                          4,606       13,703
   Deferred tax asset (Note 7)                                                        5,930        1,826
   Other current assets                                                               1,384          491
                                                                                 ----------   ----------

                  Total current assets                                               31,330       29,917

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT, net (Note 2)                                          30,913       33,493

COST IN EXCESS OF NET ASSETS ACQUIRED, net (Note 2)                                     130          170

OTHER ASSETS (Note 2)                                                                   196          200
                                                                                 ----------   ----------

                                                                                 $   62,569   $   63,780
                                                                                 ==========   ==========

                                  LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

CURRENT LIABILITIES:
   Accounts payable                                                              $    4,289   $    3,199
   Accrued liabilities (Note 2)                                                       4,524        1,318
   Current maturities of long-term debt (Note 3)                                         -         3,000
   Current taxes payable (Note 7)                                                     1,004           -
                                                                                 ----------   ---------

                  Total current liabilities                                           9,817        7,517
                                                                                 ----------   ----------


DEFERRED TAX LIABILITY (Note 7)                                                       1,568        1,039
                                                                                 ----------   ----------

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (Notes 4 and 5):
   Preferred stock, $.01 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized                          -            -
   Common stock, $.01 par value; 15,000,000 shares authorized, 7,779,829 shares
     issued, 7,757,329 shares outstanding at December 31, 1996; 7,735,745 shares
     issued and outstanding at December 31, 1995                                         78           77
   Additional paid-in capital                                                        32,329       32,286
   Retained earnings                                                                 19,016       22,847
   Cumulative translation adjustment                                                     14           14
   Less- Treasury stock, at cost (22,500 shares)                                       (253)          -
                                                                                 ----------   ----------

                  Total stockholders' equity                                         51,184       55,224
                                                                                 ----------   ----------

                                                                                 $   62,569   $   63,780
                                                                                 ==========   ==========
</TABLE>
                     The accompanying notes are an integral
                   part of these consolidated balance sheets.

                                       F-3
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.


                    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (LOSS)

                      (in thousands, except share amounts)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                 Years Ended December 31,
                                                                        ----------------------------------------
                                                                           1996            1995           1994
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

<S>                                                                     <C>            <C>             <C>      
NET SALES (Notes 2, 6 and 9)                                            $   60,713     $   91,585      $  85,477
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

COSTS AND EXPENSES:
   Cost of sales                                                            58,321         70,481         59,409
   Selling, general and administrative                                       5,351          5,386          4,867
   Research and development                                                  4,065          2,396          1,270
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

                                                                            67,737         78,263         65,546
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

   Operating income (loss)                                                  (7,024)        13,322         19,931
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
   Interest, net                                                               412            765            859
   Other, net                                                                 (139)          (122)          (135)
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

                                                                               273            643            724
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

INCOME (LOSS) BEFORE PROVISION FOR
   (BENEFIT FROM) INCOME TAXES                                              (6,751)        13,965         20,655

   Provision for (benefit from) income taxes (Note 7)                       (2,920)         5,548          8,109
                                                                        ----------     ----------      ---------

NET INCOME (LOSS)                                                       $   (3,831)    $    8,417      $  12,546
                                                                        ==========-    ==========      =========

EARNINGS (LOSS) PER COMMON SHARE AND 
 COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENT (Notes 2 and 4):
     Net income (loss)                                                    $ (0.49)       $   1.04        $  1.59
                                                                          =======        ========        =======

WEIGHTED AVERAGE NUMBER OF COMMON
   SHARES AND COMMON SHARE EQUIVALENTS
   OUTSTANDING (Notes 2 and 4)                                           7,765,838      8,083,551      7,882,011
                                                                        ==========     ==========      =========
</TABLE>
                          The accompanying notes are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.
                                      F-4
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.



                 CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994

                      (in thousands, except share amounts)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 Common Stock                                  
                                                       ---------------------------      Additional
                                                           Shares                         Paid-in         Retained       
                                                           Issued          Amount         Capital         Earnings       
                                                       ------------        ------     -------------  -----------------   

<S>                                                    <C>                 <C>        <C>              <C>              
BALANCE, December 31, 1993                                6,641,944         $   66     $    8,243       $    1,884       

     Stock options exercised                                 49,580              1             64               -        
     Tax benefit from early disposition
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)                       -              -             500               -        
     Sale of common stock, net                            1,000,000             10         23,245               -        
     Net income                                                  -              -              -            12,546       
     Translation adjustment                                      -              -              -                -        
                                                       ------------         ------     ----------       ----------       

BALANCE, December 31, 1994                                7,691,524             77         32,052           14,430       

     Stock options exercised                                 44,221             -              32               -        
     Tax benefit from early disposition
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)                       -              -             202               -        
     Net income                                                  -              -              -             8,417       
     Translation adjustment                                      -              -              -                -        
                                                       ------------         ------     ----------       ----------       

BALANCE, December 31, 1995                                7,735,745             77         32,286           22,847       

     Stock options exercised                                 44,084              1             11               -        
     Tax benefit from early disposition
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)                       -              -              32               -        
     Net loss                                                    -              -              -            (3,831)      
     Translation adjustment                                      -              -              -                -        
     Purchase of treasury stock                                  -              -              -                -        
                                                       ------------         ------     ----------       ----------       

BALANCE, December 31, 1996                                7,779,829         $   78     $   32,329       $   19,016       
                                                       ============         ======     ==========       ==========       
</TABLE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                               Cumulative                                    
                                               Translation          Treasury                 
                                               Adjustment             Stock          Total   
                                            ----------------    --------------  ----------   
                                                                                             
<S>                                             <C>               <C>           <C>          
BALANCE, December 31, 1993                      $       9         $      -      $    10,202  
                                                                                             
     Stock options exercised                           -                 -               65  
     Tax benefit from early disposition                                                      
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)             -                 -              500  
     Sale of common stock, net                         -                 -           23,255  
     Net income                                        -                 -           12,546  
     Translation adjustment                            (7)               -               (7) 
                                                ---------         ---------     -----------  
                                                                                             
BALANCE, December 31, 1994                              2                -           46,561  
                                                                                             
     Stock options exercised                           -                 -               32  
     Tax benefit from early disposition                                                      
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)             -                 -              202  
     Net income                                        -                 -            8,417  
     Translation adjustment                            12                -               12  
                                                ---------         ---------     -----------  
                                                                                             
BALANCE, December 31, 1995                             14                -           55,224  
                                                                                             
     Stock options exercised                           -                 -               12  
     Tax benefit from early disposition                                                      
       of incentive stock options (Note 5)                               -               32  
     Net loss                                          -                 -           (3,831) 
     Translation adjustment                            -                 -               -   
     Purchase of treasury stock                        -               (253)           (253) 
                                                ---------         ---------     -----------  
                                                                                             
BALANCE, December 31, 1996                      $      14         $    (253)    $    51,184  
                                                =========         =========     ===========  
</TABLE>
                          The accompanying notes are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.
                                      F-5
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.


                      CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

                                 (in thousands)
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     Years Ended December 31,
                                                                           -----------------------------------------
                                                                               1996           1995           1994
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>            <C>       
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
   Net income (loss)                                                       $   (3,831)     $   8,417      $   12,546
   Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided
     by operating activities-
       Depreciation and amortization                                            3,551          2,278           1,215
       Provision (recovery) of accounts receivable valuation reserves              47             (1)            205
       Provision for  inventory valuation reserves                              4,015          1,218             857
       Loss on disposal of assets                                                  12             24              54

   Changes in assets and liabilities-
     (Increase) decrease in accounts receivable                                 2,469           (624)         (3,609)
     (Increase) decrease in inventories                                         5,082         (5,264)         (3,406)
     Increase in other assets                                                  (1,070)           (32)           (225)
     Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued liabilities            4,296         (3,170)          1,788
     Increase (decrease) in taxes payable, net                                 (2,358)        (1,568)          1,065
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

                  Net cash provided by operating activities                    12,213          1,278          10,490
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
   Purchase of property, plant and equipment                                     (948)       (27,051)         (7,412)
   Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment                              5            326               5
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

                  Net cash used for investing activities                         (943)       (26,725)         (7,407)
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
   Net proceeds from (payments on) notes payable to banks                      (3,000)         3,000             (17)
   Principal payments on and retirement of long-term debt                          -            (182)            (24)
   Stock options exercised                                                         12             32              65
   Proceeds from sale of common stock, net (Note 4)                                -              -           23,255
   Purchase of treasury stock                                                    (253)            -               -
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

                  Net cash provided by (used for) financing activities         (3,241)         2,850          23,279
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

   Effect of exchange rate changes on cash                                         -              12              (7)
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                            8,029        (22,585)         26,355

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, beginning of year                                    4,551         27,136             781
                                                                           ----------      ---------      ----------

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, end of year                                     $   12,580      $   4,551      $   27,136
                                                                           ==========      =========      ==========

SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
   Interest paid                                                           $       60      $      12      $       21
                                                                           ==========      =========      ==========

   Income taxes paid                                                       $    1,832      $   7,296      $    7,103
                                                                           ==========      =========      ==========
</TABLE>
                          The accompanying notes are an
                integral part of these consolidated statements.
                                       F-6
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.


                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

                        DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995 AND 1994




(1)   ORGANIZATION:

Three-Five  Systems,  Inc. (the Company) was incorporated  under the laws of the
state of Delaware on February 13, 1990, under the name of TF Consolidation, Inc.
On February 14, 1990, the Company entered into an amended and restated agreement
and plan of  reorganization  providing  for the  merger of  Electronic  Research
Associates, Inc. (ERA; a New Jersey corporation) and Three-Five Systems, Inc. (a
privately  owned  Delaware  corporation)  into the  Company.  The merger  became
effective  May 1, 1990,  following  stockholder  approval.  The  Company was the
surviving  corporation;  the separate corporate existences of ERA and Three-Five
Systems,  Inc. ceased;  and the Company changed its corporate name to Three-Five
Systems, Inc.

The Company designs and manufactures a wide range of user interface  devices for
operational  control and  informational  display  functions  required in the end
products  of  original  equipment  manufacturers.  Most of the  Company's  sales
consist of custom user interface devices developed in close  collaboration  with
its  customers.  The Company  maintains  its primary  manufacturing  facility in
Manila, the Philippines. A third-party subcontractor operates the facility under
a sub-assembly  agreement with the Company  utilizing  equipment,  processes and
documentation  owned by the Company.  The  sub-assembly  agreement has a current
term extending through December 31, 1999, and from year to year thereafter,  but
may be terminated by either party upon 180 days written notice.  The termination
of or  the  inability  of  the  Company  to  obtain  products  pursuant  to  the
sub-assembly  agreement,  even  for a  relatively  short  period,  would  have a
material  adverse  effect on the operations  and  profitability  of the Company.
Since December 1994, the Company has made advances totaling  approximately  $1.7
million to the  subcontractor  to help the  subcontractor in meeting its working
capital  needs.  The balance of the  advances  outstanding  in excess of amounts
payable to the subcontractor at December 31, 1996, was $119,000.  These advances
are secured by future payments for subcontracting services to be provided to the
Company as well as other assets of the subcontractor.

Three-Five Systems Limited (Limited),  a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company,
is  incorporated  in the  United  Kingdom.  Limited  sells and  distributes  the
Company's products to customers on the European continent.

During  1994,  the Company  dissolved  its wholly  owned  subsidiary,  Certified
Electronics Ltd. (CEL). CEL, a Taiwan  corporation,  had procured materials from
Taiwanese vendors. This function is now performed directly by the Company.
                                      F-7
<PAGE>
During 1995, the Company formed a wholly owned  subsidiary,  Three-Five  Systems
Pacific, Inc. (Pacific).  Pacific, a Philippines corporation,  procures supplies
primarily from Philippine vendors.

(2)   SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES:

         Principles of Consolidation and Preparation of Financial Statements

The consolidated  financial  statements  include the accounts of the Company and
its wholly-owned subsidiaries.  All material intercompany transactions have been
eliminated.

The preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with generally  accepted
accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that
affect  the  reported  amounts  of assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of
contingent  assets and  liabilities at the date of the financial  statements and
the  reported  amounts of revenues  and expenses  during the  reporting  period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates.

         Cash and Cash Equivalents

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, all highly liquid investments with
a maturity of three months or less at the time of purchase are  considered to be
cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consist primarily of United States government
agencies'   obligations   classified  as  held-to-maturity  in  accordance  with
Statement of  Financial  Accounting  Standards  (SFAS) No. 115,  Accounting  for
Certain  Investments  in Debt  and  Equity  Securities.  Cash  equivalents  were
$11,243,000   and   $114,000  at  December  31,  1996  and  December  31,  1995,
respectively.

         Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at the  lower  of cost  (first-in,  first-out)  or net
realizable value. Reserves are established against Company-owned inventories for
excess,  slow-moving  and obsolete  items and for items where the net realizable
value is less than cost. The reserve for obsolete  inventory totaled  $6,782,000
and $2,767,000 at December 31, 1996 and December 31, 1995, respectively.

Inventories at December 31 consist of the following:

                                                 1996           1995
                                              ---------      ----------
                                                    (in thousands)

                  Raw materials               $   3,147      $    9,257
                  Work-in-process                   780           2,002
                  Finished goods                    679           2,444
                                              ---------      ----------
                                              $   4,606      $   13,703
                                              =========      ==========

         Revenue Recognition

The  Company  recognizes  revenues  upon  shipment.  The  Company's  distributor
agreements provide for stock (inventory) rotation and price protection. Reserves
are provided for each of these programs based on past return  experience.  These
reserves  are  established  at the time of  shipment  and reduce  gross sales to
arrive at net sales as presented in the accompanying  
                                      F-8
<PAGE>
consolidated  statements  of income  (loss).  These  reserves are reflected as a
reserve  against  accounts  receivable  from sales to  distributors  and totaled
$89,000 and $140,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.  The Company's
distributors  generally  offset any returns and allowances  against  payments on
accounts  receivable.  The Company  also  provides  reserves  for  uncollectible
accounts  receivable.  These reserves  totaled $560,000 and $463,000 at December
31, 1996 and 1995, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations
of all of its  customers  and  considers  various  factors in  establishing  its
allowance for doubtful accounts.

         Property, Plant and Equipment

Property,  plant and equipment is recorded at cost and is generally  depreciated
using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the respective
assets,  which range from 3 to 39 years.  During 1996,  the Company  placed into
service  a  high-volume  LCD  glass  manufacturing  line in its  Tempe,  Arizona
manufacturing facility. The Company is depreciating the LCD glass line using the
units of production method.  Depreciation expense recorded using this method may
be subject to significant  fluctuation  from year to year resulting from changes
in  actual  production  levels  and  ongoing  analysis  of the  capacity  of the
equipment.  Property,  plant  and  equipment  at  December  31  consist  of  the
following:

                                                     1996           1995
                                                  ----------     -----------
                                                        (in thousands)

          Building and improvements               $   10,431     $    10,375
          Furniture and equipment                     28,776          27,971
                                                  ----------     -----------
                                                      39,207          38,346
          Less-accumulated depreciation               (8,294)         (4,853)
                                                  ----------     -----------

                                                  $   30,913     $    33,493
                                                  ==========     ===========

The Company  intends to utilize a  significant  portion of the  high-volume  LCD
glass  manufacturing  line facility to produce a substantial  portion of its own
requirements  for LCD glass.  The successful  utilization  of the  manufacturing
facility  will  require  the  Company  (i) to produce  LCD glass on a timely and
cost-effective basis at quality levels at least equal to the LCD glass available
from  independent  suppliers  and (ii) to utilize  the LCD glass it  produces in
devices it designs and  manufactures in a manner  satisfactory to its customers.
Although   management   believes  that  the   manufacturing   facility  will  be
successfully  utilized,  no  assurance  can be given that the  Company  will not
experience  problems  or  delays in  implementing  or  conducting  its LCD glass
manufacturing operations. Such problems could require the Company to continue to
purchase  its LCD  glass  requirements  from  third  parties  and  result in the
inability  of the  Company  to  recover  its  investment  in  the  manufacturing
facility.

During 1996, the Company  entered into a  transaction,  in which it conveyed its
Tempe,  Arizona  facility  and  certain  improvements  to the  City of  Tempe as
consideration  for a  rent-free  75-year  lease.  The  Company has the option to
repurchase the facility for $1,000 after ten years.
                                      F-9
<PAGE>
         Accrued Liabilities

Accrued liabilities includes accrued compensation of approximately  $988,000 and
$441,000 at December 31, 1996 and 1995, respectively.

         Foreign Currency Translation

Financial information relating to the Company's foreign subsidiaries is reported
in accordance with SFAS No. 52, Foreign Currency  Translation.  The gain or loss
resulting from the  translation of the  subsidiaries'  financial  statements has
been included as a separate  component of stockholders'  equity. The net foreign
currency  transaction  loss in 1996,  1995 and 1994  was  $46,000,  $32,000  and
$41,000,   respectively,  and  has  been  included  in  other  expenses  in  the
accompanying statements of income (loss).

         Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share

Earnings  (loss) per share is computed by dividing  net  earnings  (loss) by the
weighted  average number of common shares and common share  equivalents  assumed
outstanding  during the year.  For the year ended  December 31, 1996,  no common
share  equivalents  were  considered in the calculation of loss per share as the
effect  was   antidilutive.   For  all  other  periods  presented  common  share
equivalents  have been included in the calculation of earnings per share.  Fully
diluted earnings (loss) per share is considered equal to primary earnings (loss)
per share in all periods presented.

         Recently Issued Accounting Standards

The Financial Accounting Standards Board issued SFAS No. 121, Accounting for the
Impairment of  Long-Lived  Assets and for  Long-Lived  Assets to Be Disposed Of,
which  established a new accounting  principle for accounting for the impairment
of certain loans, certain investments in debt and equity securities,  long-lived
assets that will be held and used including certain identifiable intangibles and
goodwill related to those assets, and long-lived assets and certain identifiable
intangibles  to be disposed  of. The  implementation  of SFAS 121 did not have a
material impact on the Company's financial position or results of operations.
                                      F-10
<PAGE>
(3)   LONG-TERM DEBT:

Long-term debt at December 31 consists of the following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                    1996           1995
                                                                                 ---------       ---------
                                                                                       (in thousands)
<S>                                                                              <C>             <C>      
         $15,000,000  revolving  line of  credit,  interest  due  monthly at the
         bank's  prime rate  (8.25% at December  31,  1996) or at the LIBOR base
         rate (5.5% to 5.6% at December 31, 1996) plus 1.50%, unpaid balance due 
         May 31, 1997                                                            $      -        $   3,000

         $5,000,000 non-revolving line of credit/term loan, interest due monthly
         at the bank's  prime rate (8.25% at December  31, 1996) or at the LIBOR
         base rate (5.5% to 5.6% at December  31,  1996) plus  2.25%,  principal
         payable in equal  installments  commencing October 1997, unpaid balance
         due October 2000,  secured  by  all  equipment  located in the State of
         Arizona                                                                        -               -

         $350,000 United Kingdom credit facility,  interest due quarterly at the
         bank's base rate (6.00% at December 31, 1996) plus 2%,  unpaid  balance
         due June 20, 1997, secured by United Kingdom accounts receivable               -               -
                                                                                 ---------       ---------
                                                                                        -            3,000
         Less- current maturities                                                       -           (3,000)
                                                                                 ---------       ---------

                                                                                 $      -        $      -
                                                                                 =========       =========
</TABLE>
In August 1996, the Company modified its $15.0 million unsecured  revolving line
of credit which  matures May 31, 1997.  The weighted  average  interest  rate on
borrowings  outstanding  under the line of credit  during  1996 was  7.31%.  The
Company paid down the outstanding balance under the line of credit during fiscal
1996 and had  classified  the  balance as current  on the  accompanying  balance
sheets as of December 31, 1995.

In October 1996, the Company entered into a $5.0 million  non-revolving  line of
credit/term  loan to provide  financing for the acquisition of treasury  shares.
The amount of the term loan is available  for advances  until  October 24, 1997,
followed by a three-year  amortization period in which principal will be payable
quarterly in equal  installments.  Advances  under the term loan will be made as
either Prime Rate Advances, which accrue interest payable monthly, at the bank's
prime lending  rate, or as LIBOR Rate Advances  which bear interest at 225 basis
points in excess of the LIBOR  Base  Rate.  At the end of the draw  period,  the
Company  may  choose  either a fixed  rate at 250 basis  points in excess of the
Treasury  Rate or a variable  rate of either the Prime Rate or LIBOR  Rate.  The
term loan will be secured by all equipment located in the State of Arizona.  The
Company  must  apply all  proceeds  from the sale of any  treasury  stock to the
outstanding principal balance of the term loan.
                                      F-11
<PAGE>
The lines of credit contain certain restrictive  covenants which include,  among
other things,  restrictions  on the  declaration or payment of dividends and the
amount of capital expenditures. The lines also require the Company to maintain a
specified net worth, as defined, to maintain a required debt to equity ratio and
to maintain certain other financial ratios.

Advances  under  the  United  Kingdom  credit  facility  are  based on  accounts
receivable,  as defined.  Management  intends to renew the United Kingdom credit
facility and does not anticipate any material changes to the existing terms.

(4)   STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

During 1994, the Company's Board of Directors declared a two-for-one stock split
effected  in the form of a 100  percent  stock  dividend  whereby  the number of
common  shares  outstanding  was  increased  from  3,824,622 to  7,649,244.  The
3,824,622  additional shares of common stock were distributed on May 4, 1994, to
holders of record on April 22, 1994.  All share  amounts and per share data have
been  restated for all periods  presented  to reflect  this split.  In addition,
during 1994, the Company's stockholders approved an amendment to the Certificate
of  Incorporation  which  increased the authorized  shares of common stock,  par
value  $.01  per  share,   from  5,000,000  to  15,000,000  and  eliminated  the
authorization  to issue  shares of Class A Preferred  stock,  par value $.01 per
share,  Class B Preferred  stock, no par value, and Class C Preferred stock, par
value $.01 per share.  The  Company's  authorized  capital  stock also  includes
1,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock, par value $.01 per share.

In March 1994, the Company  completed a public offering of 2,120,000  shares, of
which  1,000,000  shares of common stock were sold by the Company and  1,120,000
were  sold  by a  selling  stockholder.  Net  proceeds  to the  Company  totaled
approximately $23.3 million, net of issuance costs of $1,745,000.

(5)   BENEFIT PLANS:

The Company has three stock option plans, the 1994 Non-Employee  Directors Stock
Option Plan (1994 Plan),  the 1993 Stock  Option Plan (1993 Plan),  and the 1990
Stock Option Plan (1990 Plan).

         1994 Non-Employee Directors Stock Option Plan

The  Non-Employee  Directors  Stock  Option  Plan (1994 Plan)  provides  for the
automatic  grant of stock  options to  non-employee  directors to purchase up to
100,000  shares.  Under the 1994 Plan,  options to acquire  500 shares of common
stock will be automatically granted to each non-employee director at the meeting
of the  Board of  Directors  held  immediately  after  each  annual  meeting  of
stockholders,  with such options to vest in a series of 12 equal and  successive
monthly installments commencing one month after the annual automatic grant date.
In addition, each non-employee director serving on the Board of Directors on the
date the 1994  Plan was  approved  by the  Company's  stockholders  received  an
automatic  grant of  options to acquire  1,000  shares of common  stock and each
subsequent  newly  elected  non-employee  member of the Board of Directors  will
receive an automatic grant of options to acquire 1,000 shares of common stock on
the date of their first appointment or election to the Board of Directors. Those
options  become  exercisable  and vest in a series of three equal and successive
                                      F-12
<PAGE>
annual  installments,  with the first such installment  becoming  exercisable 13
months after the  automatic  grant date. A  non-employee  member of the Board of
Directors  is not  eligible to receive the 500 share  automatic  option grant if
that option grant date is within 30 days of such  non-employee  member receiving
the 1,000 share automatic  option grant.  The exercise price per share of common
stock  subject to options  granted  under the 1994 Plan will be equal to 100% of
the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date such options are
granted. There were outstanding options to acquire 9,000 shares of the Company's
common stock under the 1994 Plan at December 31, 1996.

         1993 Stock Option Plan

The 1993 Stock  Option Plan (1993 Plan)  provides for the granting of options to
purchase up to 385,454  shares of the  Company's  common stock  (which  includes
85,454 shares  previously  reserved for issuance  under the Company's 1990 Stock
Option Plan),  the direct granting of common stock (stock awards),  the granting
of stock appreciation  rights (SARs) and the granting of other cash awards (cash
awards) (stock awards, SARs and cash awards are collectively  referred to herein
as  Awards).  Under  the 1993  Plan,  options  and  Awards  may be issued to key
personnel  and  others  providing  valuable  services  to the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries.  The options issued may be incentive stock options or nonqualified
stock options.  If any option or SAR  terminates or expires  without having been
exercised  in full,  stock not  issued  under  such  option or SAR will again be
available for the purposes of the 1993 Plan. There were  outstanding  options to
acquire  197,000  shares of the  Company's  common  stock under the 1993 Plan at
December 31, 1996.

To the extent that granted  options are incentive  stock options,  the terms and
conditions  of  those  options  must  be  consistent   with  the   qualification
requirement set forth in the Internal Revenue Code of 1986. The expiration date,
maximum  number of shares  purchasable  and the other  provisions of the options
will be established at the time of grant. Options may be granted for terms of up
to ten years and become  exercisable in whole or in one or more  installments at
such  time as may be  determined  by the plan  administrator  upon  grant of the
options.  The  exercise  prices  of  options  will  be  determined  by the  plan
administrator,  but may not be less than 100 percent  (110 percent if the option
is granted  to a  stockholder  who at the time the option is granted  owns stock
representing  more than ten percent of the total  combined  voting  power of all
classes of stock of the Company) of the fair market value of the common stock at
the time of the grant.  The 1993 Plan will  remain in force until  February  24,
2003.

         1990 Stock Option Plan

In conjunction with the 1990 merger with ERA, the Three-Five Systems,  Inc. 1987
Incentive  Stock Option Plan (1987 Plan) was replaced with a new Incentive Stock
Option Plan ("1990 Plan"). Options issued under the 1987 Plan were assumed under
the 1990  Plan.  Under the 1990  Plan,  there are  345,776  options  issued  but
unexercised as of December 31, 1996. In conjunction with stockholder approval of
the 1993 Plan,  the Board  terminated  the 1990 Plan with  respect  to  unissued
options to  purchase  85,454  shares of common  stock  which  remained  and were
unissued as of the date the 1993 Plan was adopted.  The 1990 Plan will remain in
force through May 1, 2000.
                                      F-13
<PAGE>
The  expiration  date,  maximum  number  of  shares  purchasable,  and the other
provisions of the options  granted under the 1990 Plan were  established  at the
time of grant.  Options  were  granted  for terms of up to ten years and  become
exercisable  in  whole  or in one or more  installments  at such  times  as were
determined by the Board of Directors upon grant of the options.

The exercise price of incentive stock options granted and assumed under the 1990
Plan range from $0.255 to $1.595 per share.  These exercise  prices are not less
than 100% (110% if the option was granted to a  stockholder  who at the time the
option was granted owned stock  representing more than 10% of the total combined
voting  power of all classes of stock of the  Company) of the closing  price the
day before the date of original grant.

Tax benefits from early  disposition of common stock by optionees under the 1993
and 1990 Plans and from the  exercise of  non-qualified  options are credited to
additional paid-in capital.

Pursuant  to  the  provisions  of  SFAS  No.  123,  Accounting  for  Stock-Based
Compensation,  the Company accounts for transactions with its employees pursuant
to Accounting  Principles  Board Opinion No. 25,  Accounting for Stock-Issued to
Employees,   under  which  no  compensation   cost  has  been  recognized.   Had
compensation cost for these plans been determined  consistent with SFAS No. 123,
the Company's net income (loss) and earnings (loss) per share would have been as
follows (in thousands, except per share data):

                                                   1996              1995
                                                -----------      -----------

         Net income (loss):    As reported       $ (3,831)        $   8,417
                               Pro forma           (4,076)            8,327

         Earnings (loss)
           per share:          As reported       $ (0.49)         $    1.04
                               Pro forma           (0.52)              1.03

The fair value of each option  grant is estimated on the date of grant using the
Black-Scholes   option   pricing  model  with  the  following   weighted-average
assumptions for grants in 1996 and 1995, respectively:  risk-free interest rates
of 6.31%  for all  Plans  for both  years;  expected  dividend  yields  of zero;
expected lives of 6.1 and 5.7 years for all Plans options;  expected  volatility
(a measure  of the  amount by which a price has  fluctuated  or is  expected  to
fluctuate during a period) of 61.9% and 58.7%.

Because the SFAS No. 123 method of  accounting  has not been  applied to options
granted prior to January 1, 1995, the resulting pro forma  compensation cost may
not be  representative  of that to be expected  in future  years.  The  weighted
average fair value of shares sold in 1996 was $11.66.
                                      F-14
<PAGE>
A summary of the status of the  Company's  three stock  option plans at December
31, 1996 and 1995 and changes  during the years then ended is  presented  in the
table and narrative below:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                 1996                           1995
                                                     -----------------------------  ------------------------------
                                                                       Weighted                       Weighted
                                                                        Average                        Average
                                                                       Exercise                       Exercise
                                                         Shares          Price         Shares           Price
                                                     -------------     -----------  -------------    -------------

<S>                                                   <C>              <C>          <C>              <C>      
   Outstanding at beginning of year                        539,576     $    8.06          465,326    $    4.68
   Granted                                                 250,100     $   11.89          178,000    $   22.15
   Exercised                                               (44,900)    $    0.49          (44,250)   $    0.75
   Expired                                                (193,000)    $   18.04          (59,500)   $   29.24
                                                     -------------                  -------------

         Outstanding at end of year                        551,776     $    6.92          539,576    $    8.06
                                                     -------------                  -------------

   Exercisable at end of year                              294,982     $    2.40          308,940    $    1.31
                                                     =============                  =============
   Weighted average fair value of
     options granted                                   $    7.57                      $   13.19
                                                       =========                      =========
</TABLE>
Of the 551,776 options  outstanding at December 31, 1996,  268,276 have exercise
prices between $0.25 and $9.00,  with a weighted average exercise price of $1.01
and a  weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of 3.8  years.  Of  these
options,  267,776 are  exercisable  with a weighted  average  exercise  price of
$1.01.  Of the 551,776  options  outstanding at December 31, 1996,  277,000 have
exercise prices between $9.00 and $20.00, with a weighted average exercise price
of $12.15 and a weighted  average  remaining  contractual  life of 8.2 years. Of
these options,  22,374 are exercisable with a weighted average exercise price of
$13.54.  Of the 551,776  options  outstanding  at December 31, 1996,  6,500 have
exercise  prices between  $20.00 and $34.38,  with a weighted  average  exercise
price of $27.89 and a weighted average remaining  contractual life of 7.6 years.
Of these options,  4,832 are exercisable  with a weighted average exercise price
of $27.56.  No  dividends  were  declared  during the periods used in the option
pricing method.

         401(k) Profit Sharing Plan

Effective  September 1, 1990, the Company  adopted a profit sharing plan (401(k)
Plan)  pursuant to Section  401(k) of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986.  The
401(k)  Plan  covers   substantially  all  full-time   employees  who  meet  the
eligibility  requirements  and  provides  for  a  discretionary  profit  sharing
contribution  by  the  Company  and an  employee  elective  contribution  with a
discretionary  Company matching  provision.  The Company expensed  discretionary
contributions  pursuant  to the 401(k)  Plan in the amount of  $65,000,  $0, and
$94,000 for the years ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

(6)   MAJOR CUSTOMERS:

The Company's  strategy  involves  concentrating its efforts on providing design
and production services to leading companies in a limited number of fast growing
industries.  Sales to the Company's  largest customer are made through 12 buyers
operating in five separate product
                                      F-15
<PAGE>
divisions.  During 1996, the Company  manufactured  approximately  42 individual
products for this  customer.  The  percentage of net sales to this customer were
65%, 81% and 84% during the fiscal years ended December 31, 1996, 1995 and 1994,
respectively.

The  significant  amount  of sales  to a  single  customer  results  in  certain
concentrations of credit risk for the Company. The Company's accounts receivable
balance, including the accounts receivable of the Company's largest customer, is
comprised of a large  number of  customers,  primarily  in the  cellular  phone,
computer hardware and other electronic products industries.  These customers are
located primarily in the United States and Europe.

(7)   INCOME TAXES:

SFAS No. 109,  Accounting  for Income  Taxes,  requires  the use of an asset and
liability  approach in  accounting  for income  taxes.  Deferred  tax assets and
liabilities  are  recorded  based  on  the  differences  between  the  financial
statement  and tax bases of assets and  liabilities  and the tax rates in effect
when these differences are expected to reverse.

The provision  for income taxes for the years ended  December 31 consists of the
following:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996          1995         1994
                                                                          ----------    ----------      --------
                                                                                      (in thousands)
<S>                                                                       <C>           <C>             <C>     
         Current, net of operating loss carryforwards
           and tax credits utilized
                Federal, net of tax benefit from early
                  termination of incentive stock options                  $      556    $    2,775      $  5,102
                State                                                             58           790         1,389
                Foreign                                                            9         1,681         1,403
                                                                          ----------    ----------      --------
                                                                                 623         5,246         7,894

         Deferred provision (benefit)                                         (3,575)          100          (285)
         Tax benefit from early termination of incentive
           stock options, reflected in stockholders' equity                       32           202           500
                                                                          ----------    ----------      --------

                Provision (benefit) for income taxes                      $   (2,920)   $    5,548      $  8,109
                                                                          ==========    ==========      ========
</TABLE>
In  accordance  with SFAS No.  109, a tax benefit  for net  operating  losses of
approximately  $102,000,  $67,000, and $363,000 and tax credits of approximately
$938,000,   $1,478,000,   and  $537,000   utilized  in  1996,   1995  and  1994,
respectively,  are included as a reduction of the  provision for income taxes in
the consolidated statements of income.
                                      F-16
<PAGE>
The components of deferred taxes at December 31 are as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                              1996           1995
                                                                           ---------       --------
                                                                                 (in thousands)
<S>                                                                        <C>             <C>     
         Net long-term deferred tax liabilities:
           Accelerated tax depreciation                                    $   1,535       $  1,002
           Other                                                                  33             37
                                                                           ---------       --------

                                                                           $   1,568       $  1,039
                                                                           =========       ========
         Net short-term deferred tax assets:
           Tax effect of regular U.S. net operating loss carryforward      $     189       $    212
           Inventory reserve                                                   3,755          1,080
           Uniform capitalization                                              1,868            456
           Allowance for doubtful accounts                                       196            159
           Other                                                                  76            101
                                                                           ---------       --------
                                                                               6,084          2,008
           Valuation allowance                                                  (154)          (182)
                                                                           ---------       --------

                                                                           $   5,930       $  1,826
                                                                           =========       ========
</TABLE>
SFAS No. 109  requires  the  reduction  of  deferred  tax assets by a  valuation
allowance if, based on the weight of available evidence,  it is more likely than
not that some or all of the  deferred  tax  assets  will not be  realized.  As a
result of certain  limitations  on the use of net operating  loss  carryforwards
acquired in the ERA acquisition,  a valuation allowance has been established for
those net operating losses not likely to be realized.

A reconciliation of the U.S. federal  statutory rate to the Company's  effective
tax rate is as follows:

                                            1996         1995            1994
                                           ------       ------          ----

         Statutory federal rate                34%          34%            35%
         Effect of foreign operations          -            -               4
         Effect of state taxes                  6            6              7
         Effect of tax credits                 -            -              (7)
         Other                                  3           -              -
                                           ------       ------          -----

                                               43%          40%            39%
                                           ======       ======          =====

Net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes totaled  approximately
$557,000 at December  31,  1996.  The use of these  carryforwards  is limited to
$67,000 per year and they expire through 2003.

(8)   COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES:

In March 1995, the Company entered into a non-cancelable operating lease for its
primary  manufacturing  facility in Manila,  the Philippines.  The lease expires
December  31, 1999.  In April 1995,  the Company  entered into a  non-cancelable
operating  lease  for  an  additional  manufacturing  facility  in  Manila,  the
Philippines. The lease expires March 31, 1997.
                                      F-17
<PAGE>
Rent  expense was  approximately  $477,000,  $683,000 and $280,000 for the years
ended December 31, 1996, 1995, and 1994, respectively.

In April 1994, the Company  entered into a ground lease (with purchase  options)
on a 5.7 acre site in Tempe,  Arizona.  Annual lease  payments  under the ground
lease,  which will expire on March 31,  2069,  subject to renewal  and  purchase
options as well as termination  provisions,  will average approximately $100,000
over the term of the lease  subject  to  certain  escalation  provisions.  A new
design,   manufacturing,   and  corporate   headquarters   facility   containing
approximately  97,000 square feet was completed on the land in 1995 at a cost of
approximately $10.4 million.

The Company's future lease commitments under the non-cancelable operating leases
as of December 31, 1996, are as follows:

                  1997                                 $     377,000
                  1998                                       357,000
                  1999                                       357,000
                  2000                                       100,000
                  2001                                       100,000
                  Thereafter                               6,725,000
                                                       -------------
                                                       $   8,016,000
                                                       =============

On January 24, 1991, the Company  received from the United States  Environmental
Protection Agency (EPA) a notice of potential  liability at the  Barkhamsted-New
Hartford Landfill site in Barkhamsted, Connecticut. The notice was to notify the
Company of its  potential  liability  with  respect to the site and  request the
Company's voluntary participation in undertaking cleanup activities at the site.
On January 9, 1992,  the Company  received an  additional  104(e)  questionnaire
which was completed and submitted during 1992. This matter is still in discovery
and  therefore,  the Company and its  consultants  are unable to  determine  the
outcome or potential range of loss, if any.

The  Company is involved in certain  administrative  proceedings  arising in the
normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the Company's potential
exposure under the pending administrative proceedings is adequately provided for
in the accompanying financial statements.
                                      F-18
<PAGE>
(9)   GEOGRAPHIC SEGMENTS:

Sales by geographic  area and  identifiable  assets for the years ended December
31, 1996, 1995, and 1994 were as follows:
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                      North
                                     America      Europe       Taiwan      Pacific Rim  Eliminations    Consolidated
                                    --------     ---------    ---------     --------     ----------       --------
                                                                    (in thousands)
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>              <C>      
December 31, 1996
   Net sales                        $ 32,899     $  27,814    $      -      $     -      $       -        $  60,713
   Transfers to Europe                25,810            -            -            -         (25,810)             -
   Transfers to North America             -             -            -         1,494         (1,494)             -
                                    --------     ---------    ---------     --------     ----------       --------

   Total revenue                    $ 58,709     $  27,814    $      -      $  1,494     $  (27,304)      $  60,713
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
   Net income                       $ (4,005)    $      19    $      -      $     12     $      143       $  (3,831)
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
   Identifiable assets              $ 52,951     $   3,824    $      -      $  6,164     $     (370)      $  62,569
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========

December 31, 1995:
   Net sales                        $ 24,235     $  67,350    $      -      $     -      $       -        $  91,585
   Transfers to Europe                60,361            -            -            -         (60,361)             -
   Transfers to North America             -             -            -         1,437         (1,437)             -
                                    --------     ---------    ---------     --------     ----------       --------

           Total revenue            $ 84,596     $  67,350    $      -      $  1,437     $  (61,798)      $  91,585
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========

   Net income (loss)                $  5,093     $   3,353    $      -      $    (46)    $       17       $   8,417
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
   Identifiable assets              $ 50,779     $   8,491    $      -      $  7,789     $   (3,279)      $  63,780
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ===========      =========

December 31, 1994:
   Net sales                        $ 33,774     $  51,703    $      -      $     -      $       -        $  85,477
   Transfers to Europe                46,813            -            -            -         (46,813)             -
   Transfers to North America             -             -         1,750           -          (1,750)             -
                                    --------     ---------    ---------     --------     ----------       --------

   Total revenue                    $ 80,587     $  51,703    $   1,750     $     -      $  (48,563)      $  85,477
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
   Net income (loss)                $ 12,668     $    (457)   $     637     $     -      $     (302)      $  12,546
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
   Identifiable assets              $ 48,743     $   7,912    $       2     $  4,292     $   (4,669)      $  56,280
                                    ========     =========    =========     ========     ==========       =========
</TABLE>
                                      F-19
<PAGE>
                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.
          SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS AND RESERVES
              FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1996, 1995, AND 1994
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                           Balance at       Charged to        Charged to                           Balance
                                           Beginning        Costs and            Other                             at End
                                           of Period        Expenses           Accounts           Other           of Period
                                           ---------        --------           --------           -----           ---------
                                                                            (in thousands)
Allowance for doubtful
accounts and sales
returns and allowances:
- -----------------------

<S>                                        <C>               <C>               <C>             <C>                 <C>   
Year ended December 31, 1996                  $603               14              32   (1)           --                $649

Year ended December 31, 1995                  $604              (36)             35   (1)           --                $603

Year ended December 31, 1994                  $399              248             (60)  (1)           17  (2)           $604


Inventory Reserve:
- ------------------

Year ended December 31, 1996                $2,767            5,939             142   (4)       (2,066) (3)         $6,782

Year ended December 31, 1995                $1,548            1,563             391   (4)         (735) (3)         $2,767

Year ended December 31, 1994                  $691            1,855              78   (4)       (1,076) (3)         $1,548
</TABLE>
- -----------------------

(1)  Actual return activity
(2)  Accounts written off
(3)  Obsolete inventory written off
(4)  Inventory adjustments
                                       S-1

                               PAPAGO PARK CENTER
                                 GROUND SUBLEASE




                                     BETWEEN



                            PAPAGO PARK CENTER, INC.

                             an Arizona corporation



                                       AND




                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.

                             a Delaware Corporation







                               DATED April 1, 1994
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS......................................................  1
         Section 1.1. Definitions..........................................  1

ARTICLE 2 DEMISE OF THE PREMISES; TERM.....................................  5
         Section 2.1. Premises.............................................  5
         Section 2.2. Term.................................................  5
         Section 2.3. Commencement Date; Possession........................  5
         Section 2.4. Title Insurance......................................  5
         Section 2.5. Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement..............  6

ARTICLE 3 RENT.............................................................  6
         Section 3.1. Rent.................................................  6
         Section 3.2. Rent Absolutely Net..................................  9
         Section 3.3. Option to Purchase................................... 10
         Section 3.4. Nonsubordination..................................... 12

ARTICLE 4 ADDITIONAL RENT.................................................. 13
         Section 4.1. "Additional Rent" and "Impositions" Defined.......... 13
         Section 4.2. Payments............................................. 14
         Section 4.3. Contest.............................................. 14
         Section 4.4. Assessment Reduction................................. 14
         Section 4.5. Hold Harmless........................................ 14

ARTICLE 5 INSURANCE........................................................ 15
         Section 5.1. Tenant Obligations to Insure......................... 15
         Section 5.2. Policies and Companies............................... 16
         Section 5.3. Policy Delivery, Payment Evidence.................... 16
         Section 5.4. Blanket Insurance.................................... 16
         Section 5.5. Expiration of Term................................... 16
         Section 5.6. Risk of Loss......................................... 17
         Section 5.7. Failure to Maintain Insurance........................ 17
         Section 5.8. Availability of Insurance............................ 17

ARTICLE 6 SURRENDER........................................................ 17
         Section 6.1. Surrender--Removable Property........................ 17
         Section 6.2. Waste................................................ 18
         Section 6.3. Title................................................ 18
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (Continued)
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



         Section 6.4. Initial Environmental Site Assessment................ 18
         Section 6.5. Interim Site Assessments............................. 18
         Section 6.6. Final Phase I........................................ 19
         Section 6.7. Tenant's Failure to Obtain the Final Phase I......... 19
         Section 6.8. Survival of Provisions............................... 19

ARTICLE 7 LANDLORD'S PERFORMANCE FOR TENANT................................ 20
         Section 7.1. Cures--Rights, Costs, and Damages.................... 20

ARTICLE 8 USE AND MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES.................................. 20
         Section 8.1. Absence of Warranties................................ 20
         Section 8.2. Permitted Uses....................................... 21
         Section 8.3. Maintenance and Repairs.............................. 21
         Section 8.4. Performance by Landlord.............................. 21
         Section 8.5. Alterations.......................................... 21

ARTICLE 9 COMPLIANCE....................................................... 22
         Section 9.1. Tenant Obligations................................... 22
         Section 9.2. Certificate of Occupancy............................. 22

ARTICLE 10 CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS AND LANDSCAPING....................... 22
         Section 10.1. General Requirements................................ 22
         Section 10.2. Approval of Final Plans............................. 23
         Section 10.3. Government Approval................................. 23
         Section 10.4. Construction Standards.............................. 23
         Section 10.5. Ownership of Buildings and Improvements............. 23
         Section 10.6. Requirement of Construction Contract................ 24
         Section 10.7. Application of This Article......................... 25

ARTICLE 11 IMPAIRMENT OF LANDLORD'S TITLE.................................. 25
         Section 11.1. No Liens............................................ 25
         Section 11.2. Discharge........................................... 25
         Section 11.3. No Implied Consent.................................. 26

ARTICLE 12 INSPECTION...................................................... 26
         Section 12.1. Inspection and Entry................................ 26

ARTICLE 13 INDEMNIFICATION................................................. 27
                                       ii
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (Continued)
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



         Section 13.1. Indemnification of Landlord......................... 27
         Section 13.2. Indemnification of Tenant........................... 29

ARTICLE 14 DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION........................................... 30
         Section 14.1. Tenant's Election to Restore, Rebuild or Raze....... 30
         Section 14.2. Lease Obligations Continue.......................... 30
         Section 14.3. Election to Terminate............................... 30

ARTICLE 15 CONDEMNATION.................................................... 31
         Section 15.1. Total or Substantial Takings........................ 31
         Section 15.2. Partial Taking...................................... 32
         Section 15.3. Rights of Participation............................. 32
         Section 15.4. Notice of Proceeding................................ 32

ARTICLE 16 SUBTENANT NON-DISTURBANCE....................................... 33
         Section 16.1. Agreement for Non-Disturbance of Subtenants......... 33

ARTICLE 17 ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGE................................ 34
         Section 17.1.  Prior Consent; Permitted Assignments............... 34
         Section 17.2.  Permitted Subleases................................ 35
         Section 17.3.  Rent From Assignee................................. 36
         Section 17.4.  Continuing Liability............................... 36
         Section 17.5.  Assignee Bound..................................... 37
         Section 17.6.  Consent Limited.................................... 37
         Section 17.7.  Permitted Mortgages--Definition.................... 37
         Section 17.8.  Permitted Mortgages--Further Provisions............ 38
         Section 17.9.  Notice to Permitted Mortgagees..................... 39
         Section 17.10. Right to Cure...................................... 39
         Section 17.11. Conditions of Cure................................. 40
         Section 17.12. New Lease with Mortgagee........................... 40
         Section 17.13. Priority of New Lease.............................. 41
         Section 17.14. Assignment of Subleases............................ 41
         Section 17.15. Grace Period....................................... 41
         Section 17.16. Modifications...................................... 41
         Section 17.17. Initial Assignment................................. 42

ARTICLE 18 DEFAULT BY TENANT............................................... 42
         Section 18.1.  Events of Default.................................. 42
                                       iii
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (Continued)
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



         Section 18.2. Notice and Termination.............................. 43
         Section 18.3. No Implied Waivers.................................. 43
         Section 18.4. Remedies Cumulative................................. 43
         Section 18.5. Late Charge......................................... 43

ARTICLE 19 SAVING PROVISION................................................ 44

ARTICLE 20 NOTICES......................................................... 44
         Section 20.1. Notices............................................. 44
         Section 20.2. Notice to Permitted Mortgagees of Record Only....... 45

ARTICLE 21 QUIET ENJOYMENT................................................. 45
         Section 21.1. Quiet Enjoyment..................................... 45

ARTICLE 22 ESTOPPEL........................................................ 45
         Section 22.1. Estoppel Certificates............................... 45

ARTICLE 23 CONSENTS........................................................ 46
         Section 23.1. Parties and Notice.................................. 46
         Section 23.2. No Unreasonable Withholding or Delay................ 46

ARTICLE 24 ADJOINING EXCAVATION............................................ 46
         Section 24.1. Entry and Repairs................................... 46

ARTICLE 25 LIMITATION ON RECOURSE.......................................... 47

ARTICLE 26 EASEMENTS, DEDICATIONS AND OTHER MATTERS........................ 47

ARTICLE 27 TRADE FIXTURES, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT......................... 48

ARTICLE 28 LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE FURTHER ASSURANCES.......................... 48

ARTICLE 29 MISCELLANEOUS................................................... 49
         Section 29.1. Choice of Law....................................... 49
         Section 29.2. Memorandum.......................................... 49
         Section 29.3. Entire Agreement.................................... 49
         Section 29.4. Captions............................................ 49
         Section 29.5. Execution and Delivery.............................. 50
                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS
                                   (Continued)
                                                                          Page
                                                                          ----



         Section 29.6. Singular and Plural, Gender......................... 50
         Section 29.7. Multiple Parties.................................... 50
         Section 29.8. Construction........................................ 50
         Section 29.9. Declaration......................................... 50
         Section 29.10.Nondisturbance - Improvement District.............. 50

ARTICLE 30 INUREMENT....................................................... 51
         Section 30.1. Covenants Bind and Inure............................ 51

ARTICLE 31 ATTORNEYS' FEES................................................. 52
         Section 31.1. Prevailing Party to Recover Attorneys' Fees......... 52
                                        v
<PAGE>
                               PAPAGO PARK CENTER
                                 GROUND SUBLEASE
                                 ---------------


         THIS SUBLEASE  ("Lease"),  dated  effective as of the 1st day of April,
1994,  by  and  between  PAPAGO  PARK  CENTER,   INC.,  an  Arizona  corporation
(hereinafter  "Landlord"),  and THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS,  INC. a Delaware corporation
(hereinafter "Tenant").

                                   WITNESSETH:

         WHEREAS, Landlord is the ground lessee of certain real property located
in the City of Tempe, Arizona, known as the "Papago Park Center"; and

         WHEREAS,  Landlord plans to develop and maintain the Papago Park Center
as an integrated  real estate  development  project for the benefit of Landlord;
and

         WHEREAS,  Tenant desires to lease from Landlord and Landlord is willing
to lease to Tenant a portion of the Papago  Park Center on the terms and subject
to the conditions hereinafter set forth.

         NOW,  THEREFORE,  in  consideration of these premises and of the mutual
covenants and agreements  hereinafter set forth, Landlord and Tenant have agreed
and hereby agree as follows:


                                    ARTICLE 1
                                    ---------

                                   DEFINITIONS
                                   -----------

         Section 1.1. Definitions. For the purposes of this Lease, the following
words shall have the meanings hereafter set forth:

                  "Additional Rent":  As defined in Section 4.1.

                  "Adjustment Date":  As defined in Section 3.1.B.

                  "Buildings":  Any and all  structures  or  improvements  to be
constructed  pursuant to Article 10, together with all future additions  thereto
and alterations thereof, other than Landscaping.

                  "City":  The City of Tempe, a municipal corporation.
<PAGE>
                  "City Lease": That certain so-called  "Improvements  Lease" to
be executed between the City and Tenant pursuant to that certain  "Agreement for
the  Conveyance  and  Leaseback  of  Improvements",  regarding  the lease of the
Buildings and Landscaping from the City to Tenant.

                  "Commencement Date":  As defined in Section 2.3.

                  "Declaration": Any instrument affecting the Papago Park Center
or any portion thereof which is now or may hereafter be duly recorded within the
records of Maricopa County,  Arizona,  together with all amendments thereto, and
which contains conditions, covenants,  restrictions, liens, easements or similar
provisions  running  with the land,  including  without  limitation  any  rules,
regulations, Papago Park Center Design Guidelines, Architectural and Development
Guidelines  and  procedures  for  obtaining  approvals  or  for  other  purposes
contained  therein  or  promulgated  pursuant  thereto;  provided  that any such
instrument  (including  amendments) hereafter recorded or adopted which contains
provisions  having a non-uniform  or materially  adverse affect on the Premises,
shall not be effective  against  Tenant or any Person  claiming  by,  through or
under  Tenant and shall not be  considered  a  "Declaration"  hereunder  without
Tenant's  prior written  consent,  which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld or
delayed.

                  "Environmental  Laws":  Any one or all of the  following:  the
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C.
ss. 9601 et seq.; the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. ss. 6941
et seq.; the Toxic Substances  Control Act, 15 U.S.C. ss. 2601 et seq.; the Safe
Drinking  Water Act, 42 U.S.C.  ss. 300h et seq.; the Clean Water Act, 33 U.S.C.
ss. 1251 et seq.;  the Clean Air Act, 42 A.R.S.  ss. 49-921 et seq.; the Arizona
Environmental  Quality Act, Laws 1986, Ch. 368; Laws 1987, Ch. 317;  A.R.S.  ss.
49-1001 et seq.; rules and regulations under any of the foregoing; and any other
applicable  laws and  regulations of the United States of America,  the State of
Arizona or any political  subdivision thereof now in effect or hereafter enacted
that deal with the  regulation or protection of the  environment,  including the
ambient air, ground water, surface water or land use.

                  "Event of Default": As defined in Section 18.1.

                  "First  Permitted  Mortgage of Record":  As defined in Section
17.8.A.

                  "Impositions":  As defined in Section 4.1.

                  "Institutional Lender":  As defined in Section 4.3.

                  "Insurance  Requirements":  All terms and  provisions  of each
insurance policy, whether procured by or covering Landlord,  City, Tenant or any
Subtenant,  covering or  applicable  to all or any part of the  Premises and all
requirements  of the issuers of any such  
                                        2
<PAGE>
policies  which are  applicable  to or affect all or any part of the Premises or
any use or condition thereof, at the time then relevant.

                  "Landlord":  Papago Park Center, Inc., an Arizona corporation,
and its successors and assigns.

                  "Landscaping":  All grading,  drainage and site preparation or
improvements,  landscaping,  planting materials, hardscaping, outdoor decorative
or beautification  features and watering systems and related  improvements to be
installed on or in the Premises by Tenant pursuant to Article 10.

                  "Lease Term":  As defined in Section 2.2.

                  "Legal  Requirements":   All  statutes,   codes,  laws,  acts,
ordinances,   orders,  judgments,  decrees,  injunctions,   rules,  regulations,
permits, licenses,  authorizations,  directions and requirements of all federal,
state,  county,  municipal,  and other  governments,  departments,  commissions,
boards,  courts,  authorities,  officials  and  officers  of  every  nature  and
description,  all terms and  conditions  of the City Lease,  and all  covenants,
conditions,  restrictions or other  requirements  duly and validly imposed by or
pursuant  to any  Declaration  (subject  to  the  limitations  contained  in the
definition  of  "Declaration")  which  may  at any  time  be  applicable  to the
Landlord,  the Tenant or any  Subtenant or to the Premises or any part  thereof,
including without limitation Environmental Laws.

                  "Lessor  under the Master  Ground  Lease":  Salt River Project
Agricultural  Improvement and Power District,  its successors and assigns,  with
respect to the Lessor's interest under the Master Ground Lease.

                  "Master Ground Lease":  That certain Papago Park Center Ground
Lease dated March 6, 1989, between Salt River Project  Agricultural  Improvement
and Power District,  as Lessor, and Papago Center,  Inc., as Lessee, and subject
to the provisions of Section 2.5 below, all amendments thereto and modifications
thereof, to which this Lease is and shall be subject and subordinate.

                  "Minimum Rent":  As defined and described in Section 3.1.

                  "Mortgage":  Any mortgage,  deed of trust, security agreement,
contract to convey,  pledge,  assignment  or other  transfer  for the purpose of
securing  any  debt  or  other  obligation  of or  which  creates  any  lien  or
encumbrance  upon all or any  portion of the right,  title or interest of Tenant
under this Lease, the leasehold estate hereby created or the Premises.

                  "Mortgagee":   The  holder,  trustee  or  beneficiary  of  any
Mortgage.
                                       3
<PAGE>
                  "Papago Park Center":  As defined in the Recitals.

                  "Papago Park Center Design Guidelines" or "Manual": Synonymous
with the Papago Park Center  Architectural  and  Development  Guidelines,  being
detailed  guidelines  adopted  and  amended  from time to time  pursuant  to the
Declaration   (subject  to  the  limitation  on  amendments  and  other  adopted
instruments set forth in the definition of  "Declaration"  above)  pertaining to
the location,  design and  construction of  improvements  within the Papago Park
Center.

                  "Permitted Assignee":  As defined in Section 17.1.

                  "Permitted Assignment":  As defined in Section 17.1.

                  "Permitted Mortgage":  As defined in Section 17.7.

                  "Permitted Sublease":  As defined in Section 17.2.

                  "Person": Any natural person, corporation, partnership, trust,
political  subdivision,  limited  liability  company  or other  person or entity
permitted by law to own real property in the State of Arizona.

                  "Premises":  As defined in Section 2.1.

                  "Prohibited  Use": Any of the following  uses or  occupancies:
any unlawful use or use in violation of any Legal Requirements;  any business or
use that emits offensive odors,  fumes, dust or vapors; any business or use that
is a public or private  nuisance;  any so-called  "head shop";  massage  parlor;
tatoo  parlor;  adult  bookstore  or store  selling or  exhibiting  pornographic
materials;  pornographic adult theater; adult lodging rented for periods of less
than  twenty-four  hours;  and any display of nude or  semi-nude  male or female
dancers or entertainers or a so-called "strip-tease" establishment.

                  "Sublease":  Any  agreement,  written or oral, by which Tenant
gives  any  Person  the use or  occupancy  of or any  benefit  flowing  from the
Premises  or any  portion  thereof,  including  without  limitation  any permit,
license or concession.

                  "Subtenant":  Any person having the use or occupancy of or any
benefit flowing from the Premises or any portion thereof pursuant to a Sublease.

                  "Tenant":  The  Tenant  named  herein and its  successors  and
assigns.

                  "Year":   Unless  otherwise   specified,   a  12-month  period
commencing on the Commencement  Date, unless the Commencement Date is other than
the first day of a 
                                       4
<PAGE>
calendar month,  in which event the first Lease Year (and each subsequent  Lease
Year)  shall  commence  on the first day of the  calendar  month  following  the
Commencement Date.


                                    ARTICLE 2
                                    ---------

                          DEMISE OF THE PREMISES; TERM
                          ----------------------------

         Section  2.1.  Premises.  Landlord  hereby  leases to Tenant and Tenant
hereby leases from Landlord,  upon and in consideration of the terms and subject
to the conditions contained herein, that certain parcel of real property located
in the City of Tempe,  County of Maricopa,  State of Arizona,  more particularly
described  in  Exhibit  "A"  attached  hereto  and  incorporated  herein by this
reference, which real property together with the Buildings and Landscaping to be
constructed thereon (as hereinafter  provided) is hereinafter referred to as the
"Premises"; subject, however, to the Master Ground Lease, all Legal Requirements
and all matters now of record,  including but not limited to those matters which
are listed and disclosed in Exhibit "B" attached hereto and incorporated  herein
by this reference,  and any other matters hereafter placed of record pursuant to
the provisions of the Declaration and/or the provisions of Article 26 hereof. It
is acknowledged  that the City will own the Buildings and Landscaping  while the
City Lease is in effect,  but Tenant  shall  remain  responsible  for the entire
Premises as set forth in this Lease.

         Section 2.2.  Term.  The term of this Lease (the "Lease Term") shall be
approximately  seventy-five (75) years commencing on the Commencement  Date, and
expiring at 12:00 midnight on the last day of March,  2069, unless this Lease is
sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.


         Section 2.3.  Commencement  Date;  Possession.  The initial  Lease Term
shall  commence  upon full  execution of this Lease (the  "Commencement  Date").
Notwithstanding  such  commencement,  Tenant  shall not have  possession  of the
Premises or be permitted to commence  any  construction  until after the last to
occur of:  (a)  Landlord's  receipt  of  Tenant's  grading  plans  for  Tenant's
contemplated  construction,   marked  to  show  approval  by  the  Architectural
Committee  of the Papago  Park Center  Association,  (b)  Landlord's  receipt of
evidence  that the bond  called for in Section  10.6 is in effect  (unless  such
requirement has been waived as hereinafter provided),  and (c) Tenant's delivery
to Landlord of evidence of the  insurance  called for in subparts (A) and (C) of
Section 5.1 below.

                  Section  2.4.  Title  Insurance.  Tenant  shall be entitled to
order a leasehold  title  insurance  policy  insuring the leasehold  interest of
Tenant or its  assignee R & K (as  defined  in Section  6.4 below) for an amount
equal  to  $3.72  per net  square  foot of real  property  included  within  the
Premises.  Landlord shall pay the one-time cost of a standard owner's  leasehold
title  insurance  policy,  and Tenant shall pay the  additional  premium for any
extended  coverage,  endorsements,  lenders'  policy,  survey or any other title
insurance  
                                       5
<PAGE>
requirements  of Tenant or Tenant's title insurer.  Landlord will use reasonable
efforts, at no expense to Landlord,  to comply with any reasonable  requirements
of the title  insurer  regarding  the  issuance of a title  insurance  policy to
Tenant.  Tenant's ability to obtain extended coverage title insurance,  lender's
title insurance or any particular title insurance  endorsements,  however, shall
not be a condition to the effectiveness of this Lease.

                  Section 2.5. Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement. Prior to
the execution of this Lease,  Landlord shall use reasonable efforts to cause the
Lessor under the Master Ground Lease to execute,  have  acknowledged and deliver
to Tenant,  for its  benefit  and the  benefit  of any  assignee  pursuant  to a
Permitted  Assignment (as defined in Section 17.1.A below), a Nondisturbance and
Attornment Agreement substantially in the form attached to this Lease as Exhibit
"C", pursuant to which,  among other things,  the Lessor under the Master Ground
Lease shall (i)  consent to and agree to be bound by the option to purchase  set
forth in Section 3.3 below and the condemnation  provisions set forth in Article
15 below,  (ii)  (intentionally  omitted),  (iii) certify that the Master Ground
Lease is free from default and that this Lease constitutes a Permitted  Sublease
under the terms of the Master Ground Lease, (iv) agree that  notwithstanding any
breach or default by Landlord under the Master Ground Lease,  it will honor this
Lease and not disturb the rights of Tenant hereunder, provided that there is not
then in  existence  an Event of Default,  and (v) agree that Tenant shall not be
bound by any  amendment or  modification  made to the Master  Ground Lease which
materially  and adversely  affects  Tenant or the Premises if such  amendment or
modification is made without the prior written consent of Tenant. If Landlord is
unable  to obtain  said  Nondisturbance  and  Attornment  Agreement,  or if said
Nondisturbance  and  Attornment  Agreement  is delivered  but deviates  from the
requirements of Exhibit "C" in some material  respect (as determined by Tenant),
Tenant may either (i) waive strict conformance with this Section 2.5 and execute
this Lease,  whereupon  the other  provisions of the Lease shall have full force
and effect,  or (ii) refuse to execute  this Lease,  whereupon  this Lease shall
have no force or effect and neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability
one to the other.


                                    ARTICLE 3
                                    ---------

                                      RENT
                                      ----

         Section 3.1. Rent.  Tenant shall pay rent  throughout the Lease Term as
follows:

                  A.       Minimum  Rent and  Adjustments.  Tenant  shall pay to
                           Landlord in such United States coin or currency as at
                           the time of  payment  shall be legal  tender  for the
                           payment of public and private  debts at the addresses
                           specified  or  furnished  pursuant  to  Section  20.1
                           during the Lease Term a minimum  annual rental (which
                           as  adjusted  from  time  to  time,  as   
                                       6
<PAGE>
                           hereinafter  provided,  is herein  referred to as the
                           "Minimum Rent") as follows:

                           (1) During the first two (2) Years of the Lease Term,
a minimum rental of Twelve Dollars ($12.00) per annum,  payable in equal monthly
installments in advance on or before the first (1st) day of each month;

                           (2) During Years three (3) through five (5) inclusive
of the Lease Term, a minimum  rental of $79,868.16  per annum (based on $.32 per
net square foot),  payable in equal monthly installments in advance on or before
the first (1st) day of each month;

                           (3) During  Years six (6) through ten (10)  inclusive
of the Lease Term, a minimum  rental of $87,355.80  per annum (based on $.35 per
net square foot),  payable in equal monthly installments in advance on or before
the first (1st) day of each month;

                           (4) During  Years  eleven (11)  through  fifteen (15)
inclusive of the Lease Term, a minimum  rental of $99,835.20 per annum (based on
$.40 per net square foot),  payable in equal monthly  installments in advance on
or before the first (1st) day of each month;

                           (5) Minimum Rent shall be payable in advance  without
notice in equal  monthly  installments  on the first (1st) day of each and every
month,  except that, if the  Commencement  Date is not the first day of a month,
the Minimum Rent for the month during which the  Commencement  Date occurs shall
be due and payable on the Commencement Date.

                  The  foregoing  rental  amounts are based upon the  assumption
that the real property  described in Exhibit "A" contains a total of 249,588 net
square feet.  In the event  Tenant,  at its own cost and  expense,  prior to the
Commencement   Date  commissions  a  survey  by  an  Arizona  licensed  surveyor
reasonably  acceptable to Landlord (the "Survey"),  and such Survey  establishes
that there are more or less than 249,588 net square feet  contained  within such
real  property,  the rental amounts set forth in  subparagraphs  (2) through (4)
above shall be adjusted to equal the actual net square footage contained in such
real property  times the  applicable per net square foot dollar amount set forth
in each  subparagraph.  For the purposes of this Section 3.1, net square footage
shall be calculated by excluding any portion of the Premises  located within the
beds of any existing roads,  streets,  alleyways,  access easements  (excluding,
however, landscape easements and utility easements) or rights-of-way, whether or
not of record.

                  B.       Minimum  Rent  Adjustments  Commencing  Year  Sixteen
                           (16).  After the  fifteenth  (15th) Year of the Lease
                           Term, the Minimum Rent shall
                                       7
<PAGE>
                           be subject to adjustment for the remaining Lease Term
                           in accordance with the formula set forth below.

                  In applying  the  formula,  the  following  definitions  shall
prevail:

                                    (a)  "Price  Index"  means the  Metropolitan
                           Phoenix  Consumer Price Index  compiled  quarterly by
                           the Center for  Business  Research  of the College of
                           Business  of  Arizona  State  University  or, if such
                           Price Index is discontinued,  a reasonably equivalent
                           index   selected  by  Landlord   which  includes  the
                           Phoenix, Arizona, metropolitan area.

                                    (b) "Average  Price Index" means the average
                           of the Price Indices  issued for the most recent four
                           (4)  quarters  prior to the date on which the Average
                           Price  Index  is to be  determined  for  which  Price
                           Indices have previously been announced.

                                    (c) "Base Index" is the average of the Price
                           Indices for the four (4) quarters  prior to the first
                           day of the calendar quarter of the 11th Year.

                  On the first  day of the  sixteenth  (16th)  Year of the Lease
Term  and on  the  first  day of  each  five  (5)  Year  period  thereafter  (an
"Adjustment Date"), the Minimum Rent shall be adjusted to equal the Minimum Rent
for the eleventh  (11th) Year of the Lease Term  multiplied  by a fraction,  the
numerator  of which is the Average  Price Index  applicable  on the date of such
adjustment and the  denominator of which is the Base Index;  provided,  however,
that in no event shall the Minimum Rent  determined by such  calculation be less
than the Minimum Rent for the immediately  preceding Year. In no event shall any
five-year increase be greater than 20%; provided, however, in no event shall the
escalation of Minimum Rent on any Adjustment  Date result in an adjusted  annual
Minimum Rent which exceeds ten percent (10%) of the then fee simple value of the
Premises, exclusive of the value of the Buildings and Landscaping.  Within three
(3) months prior to the applicable Adjustment Date, Landlord shall notify Tenant
of Landlord's  calculation of the adjusted Minimum Rent. If Tenant believes such
calculation  exceeds the ten  percent  (10%) of fee value  limitation  set forth
above,  Tenant shall  immediately  notify  Landlord  and shall  submit  Tenant's
proposed fee simple value of the Premises  (excluding the value of the Buildings
and Landscaping). If Landlord disagrees with such proposed value, Landlord shall
notify  Tenant  and the  parties  will  engage  in good  faith  negotiations  to
determine  the  applicable  fee simple  value of the  Premises  exclusive of the
Buildings and Landscaping.  If Landlord and Tenant are unable to agree upon such
value within thirty (30) days, Landlord and Tenant within ten (10) business days
thereafter  shall  appoint an  arbitrator  who is  mutually  acceptable  to both
parties.  Such  arbitrator  shall be a member of the American  Institute of Real
Estate  Appraisers  (or any successor  organization)  with a then current senior
designation of MAI, who possesses no conflict of interest or  relationship  with
either  party  that  would  impair  
                                       8
<PAGE>
impartiality,  and at least ten (10) years  experience in appraising  commercial
properties in Maricopa  County,  Arizona.  If the parties are unable to agree on
the appointment of such an arbitrator within such ten (10) day period, then upon
the request of either party, a qualified  arbitrator meeting such qualifications
shall be appointed by the president of the Maricopa County Board of Realtors (or
any organization  successor thereto),  or, in such president's failure to act by
the presiding  judge of the Superior Court of Maricopa  County.  Within five (5)
business days after  appointment  of the  arbitrator,  Landlord and Tenant shall
each submit to the  arbitrator  its respective  proposed  value.  The arbitrator
shall determine the fee simple value of the Premises, exclusive of the Buildings
and Landscaping,  by reviewing the two submitted values and selecting the one of
the two  submitted  values  which most  closely  approximates  the  arbitrator's
independent  opinion of the fee simple value of the  Premises,  exclusive of the
Buildings and  Landscaping.  The arbitrator shall not propose a third amount for
the value,  nor  propose a  modification  to the two  amounts  submitted  by the
parties;  instead, the arbitrator must choose one of the two values submitted by
the  parties.  In  determining  such value,  the  arbitrator  may  consult  such
evidence, experts,  consultants, or authorities as he or she deems necessary, or
such evidence, experts,  consultants, or authorities as may be offered by either
Landlord or Tenant,  provided such  consultation  takes place in the presence of
both  Landlord  and  Tenant and each  party has the right to  cross-examine  any
person so consulted.  The arbitrator will use his or her best effort to render a
decision  determining  such value within twenty (20) days, but in no event later
than forty-five (45) days,  after the receipt by the arbitrator of the proposals
submitted  by Landlord  and Tenant.  The  decision  shall be rendered in writing
executed by the  arbitrator  and  delivered  to each of the parties and shall be
final. If for any reason the arbitrator fails,  refuses,  or is unable to act, a
successor shall be appointed in the same manner as provided  herein.  Until such
time as the fee simple  value of the  Premises is agreed  upon by  Landlord  and
Tenant or otherwise  determined by the arbitrator,  Tenant shall continue to pay
the  Minimum  Rent at the rate  calculated  by  Landlord.  If the  Minimum  Rent
calculated  and  collected by Landlord is  determined  to exceed the ten percent
(10%) of fee value limitation set forth above,  Landlord shall rebate the excess
to Tenant.  The expense  and fees of the  arbitrator  shall be borne  equally by
Landlord and Tenant;  however, all consultation costs, expert fees and expenses,
including  attorneys'  fees,  incurred by each party shall be borne by the party
incurring the same.

Once the Minimum Rent is determined and adjusted  effective as of the Adjustment
Date,  the annual  Minimum Rent so  determined  shall be the  applicable  annual
Minimum Rent for each Year thereafter until the next Adjustment Date occurs.

         Section 3.2. Rent Absolutely Net.  Landlord and Tenant hereby expressly
covenant  and agree  that all rent and other  sums  payable  hereunder  shall be
absolutely  net to  Landlord  so that this Lease  shall  yield to  Landlord  the
Minimum  Rent herein  specified  each Year  during the Lease  Term,  free of any
charges,  assessments,  Impositions, or deductions of any kind charged, assessed
or imposed on or against Tenant or the Premises without  abatement,  diminution,
deduction or setoff by the Tenant, except as hereinafter  specifically 
                                       9
<PAGE>
provided.  Except for Mortgages  imposed by or on behalf of the Lessor under the
Master Ground Lease or Landlord for their own respective  account(s),  for which
such Lessor or  Landlord,  as  applicable,  shall be  responsible,  or except as
otherwise herein expressly set forth,  Landlord shall not be required to pay any
such charge,  assessment  or  Imposition  concerning  the Premises and all other
costs,  expenses,  and  obligations  of any  kind  relating  to  the  ownership,
maintenance  and  operation  of  the  Premises,   including  all   construction,
alterations,  repairs,  reconstruction and replacements as hereinafter provided,
if any, and all liabilities which may arise or become due during the Term hereof
shall be paid by Tenant, and Landlord shall be indemnified and saved harmless by
Tenant from and against any or all such costs,  expenses and obligations.  In no
event shall Landlord be responsible for any personal property taxes of Tenant or
any Person claiming by, through or under Tenant,  water or sewer rents, rates or
charges, charges for other private or public utilities, excises, levies, license
or permit fees,  expenditures  for  improvements  imposed or required by or as a
result of any Legal Requirements, or any other charges arising out of any use or
occupation  of the  Premises.  In no event shall Tenant be  responsible  for the
ground rent amounts payable under the Master Ground Lease.

         Section 3.3.      Option to Purchase.

                  A.       Tenant  shall  have  an  option  (the   "Option")  to
                           purchase the real property  which  constitutes a part
                           of the  Premises at the end of each of Years ten (10)
                           through fifteen (15) as follows:


            Year                      Purchase Price
            ----                      --------------
             10                       $1,622,322.00 ($6.50 per net square foot)
             11                       $1,634,801.40 ($6.55 per net square foot)
             12                       $1,647,280.80 ($6.60 per net square foot)
             13                       $1,659,760.20 ($6.65 per net square foot)
             14                       $1,672,239.60 ($6.70 per net square foot)
             15                       $1,684,719.00 ($6.75 per net square foot)

Each Purchase Price figure set forth above is based upon the assumption that the
real  property  which  constitutes a part of the Premises  contains  249,588 net
square feet. If the Survey  establishes that there are more or less than 249,588
net square feet,  the  pertinent  Purchase  Price shall be adjusted to equal the
actual net square  footage  contained in such real property times the applicable
per net square foot dollar amount for the pertinent Year set forth above.

                  B. Tenant may  exercise the Option at the end of each of Years
ten (10) through  fifteen (15) by  delivering  written  notice of such  exercise
("the Purchase  Notice") in accordance with the notice provisions of this Lease.
The Purchase  Notice shall be  delivered  (i) no earlier than one hundred  fifty
(150) days prior to the end (i.e.,  the last day of February)  of the  pertinent
Year,  and (ii) no later than sixty (60) days prior to the end of 
                                       10
<PAGE>
such pertinent  Year, for the Year in which the Option is to be exercised.  When
and if Tenant  exercises  the Option as provided  herein,  the purchase and sale
shall be conducted as follows:

                           (1) The  Purchase  Price shall be a net price  (i.e.,
exclusive of the items in subparagraph  [5] below) and shall be paid to Landlord
in immediately available funds at the closing.

                           (2) The  closing  shall be  conducted  by an  Arizona
licensed escrow agent  reasonably  acceptable to Landlord and Tenant and located
in Phoenix,  Arizona,  and shall  occur on or before  December 31 of the Year in
which the Option is exercised.

                           (3) The  real  property  shall  be  conveyed  "AS IS"
without representation or warranty whatsoever,  by special warranty deed subject
to (i) the deed  restriction  referred  to in  Section  8.2,  (ii)  all  matters
affecting  title as of the  date of this  Lease  (excluding  the  Master  Ground
Lease),  (iii) all matters subsequently placed of record by Landlord pursuant to
the  Declaration,  and (iv)  matters  created  by or with the  consent of Tenant
(excluding,  however,  Mortgages  imposed by or on behalf of  Landlord or Lessor
under the Master Ground Lease for their own respective  account(s),  if any, and
also  excluding the lien imposed by Tempe  Improvement  District No. 166,  which
Mortgages  and  improvement  lien shall be released or otherwise  removed at the
closing). With respect to the lien of Tempe Improvement District No. 166, Lessor
under the Master  Ground  Lease and Landlord  shall have the option,  in lieu of
obtaining  a  release  of said  lien,  to  provide  other  continuing  financial
assurances or arrangements insuring that Tenant, its successors and assigns, its
Permitted  Mortgagees,  future purchasers of the Premises and the Premises shall
not be held  financially  responsible for the lien imposed by Tempe  Improvement
District No. 166 or, if reasonably  commercially available at a reasonable cost,
Lessor under the Master  Ground  Lease or Landlord  may obtain  title  insurance
endorsements   insuring  Tenant,  its  successor  and  assigns,   its  Permitted
Mortgagees and future purchasers of the Premises against loss as a result of the
existence of said lien.  The Master Ground Lease shall be amended to delete said
real property therefrom at the closing.

                           (4) At closing, Lessor under the Master Ground Lease,
Landlord  and Tenant,  as  appropriate,  shall  execute  and deliver  such other
reasonable and customary documents as may be required by the escrow agent or any
title insurer in order to consummate  closing,  including,  without  limitation,
escrow instructions, FIRPTA and property value affidavits.

                           (5) Costs of title insurance,  escrow fees, recording
fees and other expenses of sale shall be paid by Tenant.
                                       11
<PAGE>
                           (6) Upon closing, this Lease shall terminate. Neither
Landlord nor the Lessor under the Master Ground Lease shall have any  continuing
indemnity  obligations of any kind with respect to the real property for matters
occurring after closing.

                           (7) Until  closing,  Tenant shall  remain  liable for
Minimum Rent,  Additional  Rent and all other charges  imposed upon Tenant under
this Lease.

                  C. The parties acknowledge that Tenant intends to avail itself
of the partial tax abatement  provided in A.R.S.  ss.  42-685(C) with respect to
the possessory interest tax on the Buildings and Landscaping.  Landlord does not
guarantee  that  Tenant will obtain such  partial  tax  abatement  and  Tenant's
ability to obtain such  partial tax  abatement  shall not be a condition to this
Lease.  However,  if Tenant does not obtain such  partial  tax  abatement  or if
Tenant  loses such  partial  tax  abatement,  during  the first  eight (8) years
following  the initial  issuance of a  certificate  of occupancy on any Building
(the "Relevant  Eight years")  because of the repeal or amendment of A.R.S.  ss.
42-685(C), then Tenant shall be entitled to a one-time reduction in the Purchase
Price if the Option is exercised  and closed in Year ten (10) of this Lease,  in
accordance with the following provisions:

                           Under current law, the parties  acknowledge  that the
maximum period for which the partial tax abatement  could be obtained covers the
entire  Relevant  Eight Years.  For each year of the  Relevant  Eight Years that
Tenant does not have the benefit of the  partial  tax  abatement  because of the
repeal or amendment of A.R.S.  ss.  42-685(C),  the Purchase Price in Lease Year
ten (10) shall be reduced by a factor of $.125 per net square  foot.  Thus,  for
example, if Tenant loses the partial tax abatement during the eighth year of the
Relevant  Eight  Years,  the  Purchase  Price  shall be reduced by $.125 per net
square foot;  if the Tenant loses the partial tax  abatement  during the seventh
year of the Relevant  Eight Years,  the Purchase  Price shall be reduced by $.25
per net square foot;  if the Tenant loses the partial tax  abatement  during the
sixth year of the Relevant  Eight Years,  the Purchase Price shall be reduced by
$.375 per net square foot; if the Tenant loses the partial tax abatement  during
the fifth year of the Relevant Eight Years,  the Purchase Price shall be reduced
by $.50 per net square  foot;  if the Tenant  loses the  partial  tax  abatement
during the fourth year of the Relevant Eight Years,  the Purchase Price shall be
reduced  by $.625 per net  square  foot;  if the Tenant  loses the  partial  tax
abatement  during the third year of the Relevant Eight Years, the Purchase Price
shall be reduced by $.75 per net square  foot;  if the Tenant  loses the partial
tax abatement  during the second year of the Relevant Eight Years,  the Purchase
Price shall be reduced by $.875 per net square foot;  and if the Tenant loses or
fails to obtain the partial tax abatement  during the first year of the Relevant
Eight Years,  the Purchase  Price shall be reduced by $1.00 per net square foot.
For purpose of this Section  3.3.C,  each year within the  Relevant  Eight Years
shall be  measured  from  the  anniversary  date of the  initial  issuance  of a
certificate of occupancy on any Building.  Further, if Tenant is entitled to the
benefit of such partial tax  abatement  for the period of six (6) or more months
in any such  year,  Tenant  shall be deemed to have  obtained  the  partial  tax
abatement  benefit for the entire  such year for  purposes  of  calculating  the
                                       12
<PAGE>
Purchase Price adjustment, and there shall be no proration of the Purchase Price
adjustment  to  account  for  any  loss of the  partial  tax  abatement  for the
remaining part of such year. Nothing herein shall be construed to entitle Tenant
to any Purchase Price  adjustment  resulting  from Tenant's  failure to meet the
requirements  in  A.R.S.  ss.  42-685(B),  which  requirements  are a  condition
precedent to obtaining the partial tax abatement under A.R.S. ss. 42-685(C),  or
Tenant's  failure to obtain such partial tax abatement for any reason other than
the repeal or amendment of A.R.S. ss. 42-685(C).

         Section  3.4.  Nonsubordination.  Except  with  respect to the  Option,
neither  this Lease nor any of  Landlord's  right,  title or interest  hereunder
shall be subject or subordinate  to any Mortgage or other liens or  encumbrances
of any nature or  description  hereafter  affecting  Tenant's  interest  in this
Lease.


                                    ARTICLE 4
                                    ---------

                                 ADDITIONAL RENT
                                 ---------------

         Section 4.1. "Additional Rent" and "Impositions" Defined. Following the
Commencement  Date, Tenant shall pay as "Additional Rent" during the Lease Term,
without  notice  (except  as  specifically   provided)  and  without  abatement,
deduction or setoff (except as hereinafter  provided in Section 4.3), before any
fine,  penalty,  interest,  or cost may be added  thereto,  or become  due or be
imposed by operation of law for the nonpayment  thereof,  all  "Impositions"  as
defined below:

                  "Impositions"   mean  all  real  property  taxes  or  required
payments  in lieu  thereof  and any taxes on rents or other  payments  hereunder
whether levied on Landlord or Tenant,  general  assessments (but not assessments
levied or imposed by Tempe  Improvement  District  No.  166,  which shall be the
responsibility of Landlord),  fees, assessments or other charges pursuant to any
Declaration,  and any other governmental or quasi-governmental  charges, general
and special,  ordinary and extraordinary,  foreseen and unforeseen,  of any kind
and nature  whatsoever  which at any time during the Term hereof may be assessed
and, if not paid,  could  become a lien on the  Premises or any part  thereof or
could become a charge against Landlord; provided, however, that:

                  A.  If,  by  law,  any  Imposition  may at the  option  of the
taxpayer be paid in  installments  (whether or not interest  shall accrue on the
unpaid  balance of such  Imposition),  Tenant may exercise the option to pay the
same (and any accrued  interest  on the unpaid  balance of such  Imposition)  in
installments and in such event,  shall pay such  installments as they become due
during the Lease Term before any fine, penalty,  further interest or cost may be
added thereto; and
                                       13
<PAGE>
                  B. Any  Imposition  (including  Impositions  which  have  been
converted  into  installment  payments  by Tenant,  as  referred to in Subpart A
above)  relating  to a fiscal  period of the taxing  authority,  a part of which
period is included  within the Lease Term and a part of which is included in the
period of time  after the  expiration  of the Lease  Term  (whether  or not such
Imposition shall be assessed,  levied, confirmed,  imposed upon or become a lien
upon the  Premises,  or shall  become  payable,  during the Lease Term) shall be
adjusted  between Landlord and Tenant as of the expiration of the Lease Term, so
that Tenant shall pay that portion of such Imposition  attributable to the Lease
Term and Landlord shall pay the remainder thereof.

                  C.  "Impositions"  shall not include,  and Tenant shall not be
liable or responsible for, any estate, inheritance,  succession, transfer, gift,
franchise,  income or excess  profits tax levied or imposed upon  Landlord,  its
affiliates, or their respective successors and assigns.

         Section  4.2.  Payments.  Tenant  shall  pay to  Landlord,  with and in
addition to the rental payments,  all taxes imposed by any governmental  unit on
the rentals  received by Landlord  pursuant to the terms of this Lease,  if any.
Tenant shall pay all other Impositions directly to the taxing authority or other
Persons to whom such payment is due.

         Section 4.3. Contest.  Tenant,  if it shall so desire,  may contest the
validity  or amount of any  Imposition,  in which  event,  Tenant  may defer the
payment  thereof during the pendency of such contest;  provided,  however,  that
Tenant shall give Landlord prior notice of any such contest and, upon request by
Landlord at any time after the same shall have become due,  Tenant shall deposit
with the Landlord an amount  sufficient to pay such contested item together with
the interest and penalties thereon (as reasonably estimated by Landlord),  which
amount  shall be  applied to the  payment  of such item when the amount  thereof
shall be finally fixed and  determined,  or Tenant shall provide other  security
reasonably acceptable to Landlord.  Nothing herein contained,  however, shall be
construed  so as to allow  such item to remain  unpaid for a length of time that
permits the  Premises or any part thereof to be sold for the  nonpayment  of the
same. If the amount so deposited  shall exceed the amount of such  payment,  the
excess  shall be paid to Tenant or, in case there shall be any  deficiency,  the
amount of such deficiency shall be promptly paid by Tenant to Landlord  together
with all interest, penalties or other charges accruing thereon. At any time that
the Tenant hereunder is an Institutional  Lender,  the requirements for deposits
set forth in this  Section  shall be waived by  Landlord.  For  purposes of this
Lease,  an  "Institutional   Lender"  shall  means  a  bank,  savings  and  loan
association,  insurance  company,  trust  company,  pension  fund,  mutual fund,
retirement fund, eleemosynary, education or other financial institution.

         Section 4.4. Assessment  Reduction.  Tenant may, if it shall so desire,
without  expense to Landlord,  endeavor at any time to obtain a reduction of the
assessed  valuation upon the Premises for the purpose of reducing taxes thereon.
Tenant shall be authorized 
                                       14
<PAGE>
to collect  any tax  refund  payable  as a result of any  proceeding  Tenant may
institute  for that  purpose,  and any such tax refund  shall be the property of
Tenant  if and to the  extent  that such  refund  is based on a payment  made by
Tenant.

         Section 4.5. Hold  Harmless.  Landlord shall not be required to join in
any action or  proceeding  referred to in Section 4.3 or 4.4 unless  required by
law or any rule or  regulation  in  order  to make  such  action  or  proceeding
effective,  in which  event any such  action or  proceeding  shall be subject to
Landlord's  prior written  consent,  which shall not be  unreasonably  withheld.
Landlord's  reasonable  costs and expenses in appearing or joining in any action
or  proceeding  referred to in Section 4.3 or 4.4 shall be reimbursed by Tenant;
and  where  practicable,   Tenant  shall  be  permitted  to  hire  the  attorney
representing  Landlord's  interests  in any such  action or  proceeding.  Tenant
hereby agrees to save Landlord harmless from all costs,  expenses,  claims, loss
or damage by reason of, in  connection  with,  on account of,  growing out of or
resulting from any such action or proceeding.


                                    ARTICLE 5
                                    ---------

                                    INSURANCE
                                    ---------

         Section 5.1.  Tenant  Obligations to Insure.  Tenant shall,  at its own
cost and expense, keep and maintain or cause to be kept and maintained,  for the
benefit of the  Landlord,  Tenant and,  where  applicable,  City,  the following
policies of insurance:

                  A.  During  Construction  of  the  Buildings.   Builders  Risk
Completed  Value  Insurance  during  the  course  of  the  construction  of  the
Buildings.

                  B. After the Completion of the Buildings. Following completion
of any  Buildings,  Tenant shall at all times maintain or cause to be maintained
insurance on the Buildings  against loss or damage by risks of fire,  windstorm,
malicious  mischief  and other  risks  normally  covered by a "special  form" or
extended  coverage  policy in amounts  sufficient to prevent  Landlord or Tenant
from becoming a co-insurer  under the terms of the applicable  policies,  but in
any event not less than the then full insurable value of the Buildings. The term
"full insurable value" shall mean actual replacement value without depreciation.
Such "full insurable  value" shall be determined from time to time (but not less
frequently than once in any twenty-four (24) calendar months) by the insurer or,
at the option of the Tenant, by an appraiser, engineer, architect, or contractor
employed  by  Tenant.  Tenant  shall  submit  to  Landlord  a copy of each  such
appraisal when received.

                  C. Liability. Tenant, throughout the Term of this Lease, shall
procure  and  maintain  in effect,  or cause to be procured  and  maintained  in
effect, general commercial liability insurance against damage or loss because of
or on  account  of  bodily  injuries  to or  
                                       15
<PAGE>
the death of any person or the  destruction  of or damage to the property of any
person,  occurring in, on, or about the Premises,  or due in any way to the use,
occupancy,  maintenance,  or operation thereof or of any building or improvement
upon the Premises,  or of the sidewalks  adjoining the same.  During the initial
construction  of the Buildings and  Landscaping,  said policy or policies  shall
provide   insurance  having  limits  of  not  less  than  Five  Million  Dollars
($5,000,000.00).  Upon issuance of a certificate of occupancy upon any Buildings
within the  Premises,  said policy or policies  shall provide  insurance  having
limits of not less than Five Million  Dollars  ($5,000,000.00)  combined  single
limit,  or such  higher  limits as may be  required  under the City  Lease.  The
minimum  policy  limits set forth above shall be subject to increase as of every
fifth anniversary of the Commencement Date to an amount equal to the greater of:
(a) $5,000,000.00; or (b) the product of $5,000,000.00 multiplied by a fraction,
the   numerator  of  which  is  the   Consumer  Price  Index -- All Items -- All
Consumers--U.S. Cities Average--(1982-1984 = 100) published by the United States
Department of Labor,  Bureau of Labor Statistics (the "CPI") for the month which
is three months prior to such fifth  anniversary and the denominator of which is
the CPI for the month  which is three  months  prior to the  Commencement  Date,
provided such increased amount is commercially  available,  and further provided
that in no event shall such insurance fall below the $5,000,000.00  limit once a
certificate of occupancy has been issued for any Building.  In the event the CPI
is  discontinued  or  substantially  modified,   Landlord  shall  substitute  an
alternative  price index,  published by the United  States  Government  or other
generally  accepted source for such information,  reconciled to December,  1993.
Tenant agrees that  provisions of this  paragraph as to maintenance of insurance
shall not be  construed as limiting in any way the extent to which Tenant may be
held  responsible  for the payment of damages to persons or  property  resulting
from Tenant's  activities,  or the  activities of its invitees and sublessees or
the  activities  of any other  person or persons for which  Lessee is  otherwise
responsible.

         Section 5.2.  Policies and  Companies.  All  insurance  provided  under
Sections  5.1(A),  (B) and (C) shall be effected  under  standard form policies,
issued  by  stock  or  mutual  company  insurers  of  recognized  responsibility
authorized  to do  business  in the State of  Arizona  which  are well  rated by
national rating  organizations and reasonably approved by Landlord and City. Any
such policy of insurance shall specifically  provide that it is primary coverage
and name  Landlord and Salt River  Project  Agricultural  Improvement  and Power
District as additional  insureds.  All policies of insurance  shall provide that
they may not be  modified  or canceled  without  thirty (30) days prior  written
notice to Landlord.

         Section 5.3. Policy Delivery,  Payment Evidence.  Concurrently with the
execution and delivery of this Lease and not less than thirty (30) days prior to
the  expiration  dates of any policies of insurance  furnished  pursuant to this
Article  5,  Tenant  shall  deliver  to  Landlord  evidence  of the  payment  of
applicable premiums together with a copy of the policy of insurance.  Landlord's
failure  to request  copies or  revision  of  insurance  levels  shall in no way
relieve  Tenant of its  obligation  to maintain all  insurance  required in this
Article 5.
                                       16
<PAGE>
         Section 5.4. Blanket Insurance. Nothing in this Article 5 shall prevent
Tenant from obtaining  insurance of a kind and in the amount  provided for under
this Article 5 under a blanket  insurance  policy or policies  which cover other
properties  owned or operated by Tenant or a Subtenant as well as the  Premises;
provided,  however,  that any  such  policy  of  blanket  insurance  of the kind
provided  for by Section 5.1 shall  specify  therein,  or Tenant  shall  furnish
Landlord a written  statement from the insurers under such policies  specifying,
the amount of the total insurance allocated to the Premises,  which amount shall
be not less than the amounts  required  herein.  No blanket policy shall contain
any  clause  that would  result in any  insured  thereunder  being  required  or
permitted to carry insurance with respect to the property  covered thereby in an
amount less than the full  insurable  value of such property in order to prevent
the  insured  therein  named  from  becoming a  co-insurer  of any loss with the
insurer under such policy.

         Section 5.5. Expiration of Term. If Landlord desires to assume existing
insurance  coverage at the  expiration of the Lease Term,  all policies  (except
blanket policies) shall be transferred to Landlord free of all right,  title and
interest of Tenant and those  claiming  under Tenant,  and Landlord shall pay to
Tenant  an  amount  equal  to  the  unearned  premiums  apportioned  as of  such
expiration  date.  If Landlord  does not desire to assume  existing  policies of
insurance at the expiration of the term hereof,  all existing  policies shall be
canceled at no expense to  Landlord,  and Tenant shall be entitled to any refund
of premium.

        Section 5.6. Risk of Loss. At no time during the Lease Term hereof, will
Landlord be required to carry any insurance  covering or affecting the Premises.
Tenant  assumes  the risk of any loss or damage to or claims  arising  out of or
concerning  the  Premises  throughout  the  Lease  Term,  except  loss or damage
resulting  from the  negligence or willful  misconduct of Landlord,  its agents,
servants, contractors or employees.

         Section 5.7. Failure to Maintain Insurance.  If Tenant fails or refuses
to provide a copy of the required insurance policies,  together with evidence of
payment of premiums  therefor as  required by Section 5.3 herein,  or  otherwise
fails or refuses to procure or  maintain  insurance  as  required by this Lease,
Landlord shall have the right,  at Landlord's  election,  and after fifteen (15)
days written  notice to Tenant and Tenant's  failure to cure, in addition to any
other right or remedy, to procure and maintain such insurance. However, Tenant's
right to receive notice and an opportunity to cure is conditioned  upon Landlord
timely  receiving  actual notice of Tenant's  default with respect to insurance,
and in the event  Landlord  fails to  receive  at least  thirty  (30) days prior
actual notice of any expiration, cancellation, modification or failure to obtain
or maintain any of such insurance, Landlord shall not be required to give Tenant
any notice or opportunity to cure prior to Landlord's  obtaining such insurance.
In any such event,  the  premiums  paid by Landlord  shall be due and payable by
Tenant to Landlord on the first day of the month following the date on which the
premiums were paid,  together with interest as provided in Section 7.1. Landlord
                                       17
<PAGE>
shall give prompt  notice of the payment of such  premiums,  stating the amounts
paid and the name(s) of the insured(s).

         Section 5.8. Availability of Insurance. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary contained herein, in the event that any of the insurance required above
is not commercially available at commercially reasonable rates to Tenant through
insurance brokers located in the Metropolitan  Phoenix area, such that it is not
reasonably  possible  for  Tenant to  provide  the exact  type(s)  or amounts of
coverage called for herein,  then Landlord and Tenant shall negotiate and modify
this Lease as  necessary  to permit  Tenant to obtain and  maintain  alternative
coverages that are  commercially  available at commercially  reasonable rates so
long as such alternative coverages approximate as closely as reasonably possible
the types and amounts of insurance specified above.


                                    ARTICLE 6
                                    ---------

                                    SURRENDER
                                    ---------

         Section 6.1.  Surrender--Removable  Property.  Subject to the rights of
the City with respect to the Buildings under the City Lease, upon the expiration
of the Lease Term or on the sooner termination  thereof,  Tenant shall peaceably
and quietly  leave,  surrender  and yield up to the Landlord all of the Premises
broom-clean  and free of occupants  and shall repair all material  damage to the
Premises  caused by or resulting  from the removal of any removable  property of
Tenant or of  Subtenants.  Any property of Tenant or any  Subtenant  which shall
remain  in any  Building  after  the  expiration  of the  Lease  Term or  sooner
termination  thereof shall be deemed to have been abandoned and may,  subject to
Article 27 hereof and to the rights of the City under the City Lease,  either be
retained by  Landlord as its  property or disposed of in such manner as Landlord
may see fit. If such  property or any part  thereof  shall be sold by  Landlord,
Landlord  shall  receive and retain the  proceeds of such sale.  Tenant shall be
liable to  Landlord  for any and all costs of removal  and the repair of any and
all material damages caused thereby.

         Section 6.2.  Waste.  Tenant shall not commit or suffer to be committed
any waste of the Premises.

         Section 6.3.  Title.  Subject to the provisions of Section 10.5 hereof,
at the end of the Lease Term or any earlier  termination  thereof,  title to the
Buildings and Landscaping shall, at the election of Landlord, automatically vest
in Landlord  without the  requirement  of any deed,  conveyance  or bill of sale
thereon.  However,  if Landlord should require any such document in confirmation
thereof, Tenant shall execute, acknowledge and deliver the same.
                                       18
<PAGE>
         Section 6.4. Initial  Environmental Site Assessment.  Prior to the date
of this Lease, Landlord shall procure a phase I environmental site assessment of
the Premises from Western  Technologies,  Inc. (the  "Engineer"),  the report of
which shall be certified to Landlord,  Tenant, First Interstate Bank of Arizona,
NA ("FIB"),  and R&K  Development,  LLC ("R&K") and shall be attached  hereto as
Exhibit "D" and  incorporated  herein by this reference (the "Initial Phase I").
Landlord shall indemnify,  defend,  protect and hold Tenant,  R&K, FIB and their
respective  successors  and assigns  harmless  for, from and against any and all
liability, obligation, claims, actions, costs and expenses (including reasonable
attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of or in connection with the existence of
any condition on, under or about the Premises existing prior to the date of this
Lease which violates any Environmental Laws, except to the extent arising out of
any condition on, under or about the Premises existing prior to the date of this
Lease which is caused by any act, omission or negligence of Tenant,  Subtenants,
their employees,  agents, licensees,  guests or invitees. Further, if and to the
extent  Landlord  fails to so indemnify  Tenant,  R&K, FIB and their  respective
successors and assigns,  Tenant,  R&K, FIB and their  respective  successors and
assigns shall be  subrogated to Landlord's  rights with respect to the indemnity
provided by the Lessor under the Master  Ground  Lease in Section  2.09.3 of the
Master Ground Lease.

         Section 6.5.  Interim Site  Assessments.  At any time Tenant desires to
assign its  interest  under this Lease in  accordance  with  Section 17.1 hereof
(other than the Initial Assignment  contemplated by Section 17.17 below), Tenant
shall   commission  a  phase  I  environmental   site  assessment   meeting  the
requirements of the Final Phase I (defined  below),  which phase I environmental
site assessment  shall be dated no earlier than six (6) months prior to the date
of such proposed assignment (an "Interim Site Assessment").  If the Interim Site
Assessment  reveals  the  existence  or  potential   existence  of  any  adverse
environmental  condition,  Landlord shall not be required to accept such Interim
Site  Assessment,  and  Landlord  shall  promptly  cause  a  separate  phase  II
environmental  report to be  prepared,  at Tenant's  expense.  If such  separate
report  indicates  any  condition  on,  under  or  about  the  Premises  arising
subsequent  to the date of this Lease which  violates  any  Environmental  Laws,
Tenant shall indemnify,  defend,  protect and hold Landlord and the Lessor under
the Master Ground Lease  harmless  for, from and against any and all  liability,
obligation,  claims, actions, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
costs of remediation and reasonable  attorneys'  fees and costs),  except to the
extent  arising out of any  condition  on, under or about the Premises  which is
caused by any act,  omission or negligence of Landlord,  Lessor under the Master
Ground Lease, their respective employees, agents, licensees, guests or invitees.

         Section  6.6.  Final  Phase I.  Within  three  (3)  months  immediately
preceding the  expiration of the Term or within two (2) months after any earlier
termination  of the  Lease,  Tenant  shall  cause a phase I  environmental  site
assessment of the Premises to be conducted by the Engineer or another  qualified
engineer  licensed in the State of Arizona  acceptable to Landlord,  and cause a
final  report to be issued and  certified  to Landlord in  connection  therewith
(collectively,  the  "Final  Phase  I").  The Final  Phase I shall be  conducted
pursuant  
                                       19
<PAGE>
to a scope of work that is equal to or in  excess of the scope of work  pursuant
to  which  the  Initial  Phase  I  was  conducted  and  shall  include,  without
limitation,  a report on the Buildings  and/or any other existing  improvements.
Tenant shall indemnify,  defend,  protect and hold Landlord and the Lessor under
the Master Ground Lease  harmless  for, from and against any and all  liability,
obligation,  claims, actions, costs and expenses (including, but not limited to,
costs of remediation and reasonable attorneys' fees and costs) arising out of or
in  connection  with the  existence  of any  condition  on,  under or about  the
Premises  arising  subsequent  to the  date of this  Lease  which  violates  any
Environmental  Laws,  except  to the  extent  caused  by any  act,  omission  or
negligence of Landlord,  Lessor under the Master Ground Lease,  their respective
employees,  agents,  licensees,  guests or invitees.  Tenant's  indemnity  shall
include but not be limited to, the full  correction  of the violation of law and
the restoration of the Premises, at Tenant's expense.

         Section  6.7.  Tenant's  Failure  to Obtain the Final  Phase I.  Should
Tenant fail to deliver to  Landlord a Final  Phase I showing the  Premises to be
free of adverse  environmental  conditions,  then  Landlord may cause a separate
environmental  report or reports to be prepared to like  effect  (including,  if
necessary,  any phase II or  subsequent  reports)  and Tenant shall be liable to
Landlord for the actual cost of such separate report(s).

         Section 6.8.  Survival of Provisions.  The provisions of this Article 6
shall survive the expiration or any termination of this Lease.


                                    ARTICLE 7
                                    ---------

                        LANDLORD'S PERFORMANCE FOR TENANT
                        ---------------------------------

         Section 7.1. Cures--Rights, Costs, and Damages. If Tenant shall fail to
pay any  Imposition  or make any other  payment  required  to be made under this
Lease or shall  default in the  performance  of any other  covenant,  agreement,
term,  provision,  limitation or condition herein contained,  Landlord,  without
being under any  obligation to do so and without  thereby  waiving such Event of
Default,  may make such payment  and/or remedy or correct such other default for
the account and at the expense of Tenant.  Except as otherwise  specifically set
forth herein,  Landlord  shall give Tenant thirty (30) days prior written notice
before  taking any such  action;  provided,  however,  Landlord  may take sooner
action as provided in Section 5.7 with respect to Tenant's  failure to obtain or
maintain the required insurance hereunder, and may take immediate action without
notice to Tenant in the event of an emergency,  or if the  possibility of a lien
against the Premises is imminent.  Bills for any reasonable  expense incurred by
Landlord in connection therewith, and bills for all such reasonable expenses and
disbursements  of  every  kind  and  nature  whatsoever,   including  reasonable
attorneys' fees and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, involved in collection or
                                       20
<PAGE>
endeavoring  to  collect  the rent or  additional  rent or any part  thereof  or
enforcing or  endeavoring  to enforce any other right against Tenant under or in
connection with this Lease or pursuant to law,  including without limitation any
such cost,  expense and  disbursements  involved in instituting  and prosecuting
summary  proceedings,  as well as bills  for any  property,  material,  labor or
services  provided,  furnished or rendered or caused to be furnished or rendered
by Landlord to Tenant  with  respect to the  Premises  and other  equipment  and
construction  work done for the account of the Tenant  pursuant to Sections  8.4
and/or 8.5 hereof,  together  with  interest at the rate per annum equal to four
percent (4%) over the prime rate then  published in the Wall Street Journal or a
reasonably equivalent rate selected by Landlord (eg., if the "prime rate" is 4%,
then the  rate  hereunder  shall be 4%  higher;  in  other  words,  8%) from the
respective  dates of the Landlord's  making of each such payment or incurring of
each such cost or expense  until paid in full  hereunder may be sent by Landlord
to Tenant  immediately or at any time at Landlord's  option and shall be due and
payable in full to Landlord immediately upon demand.


                                    ARTICLE 8
                                    ---------

                         USE AND MAINTENANCE OF PREMISES
                         -------------------------------

         Section  8.1.  Absence of  Warranties.  Tenant has leased the  Premises
after a full and complete  examination of the physical condition thereof as well
as the title  thereto and  knowledge of its  presently  permitted  uses.  Tenant
accepts the same in the  condition or state in which they now exist  without any
representation  or  warranty,  express or implied in fact or by law, by Landlord
and without recourse to Landlord as to the title or access thereto,  the nature,
condition or  usability  thereof  (except as  otherwise  provided in Section 6.4
above) or the use or uses to which the  Premises or any part thereof may be put.
Except as  otherwise  provided  in  Section  6.4  above,  Landlord  shall not be
required  to  furnish  any  services  or  facilities  or to make any  repairs or
alterations  in or to the  Premises  throughout  the Lease Term.  Tenant  hereby
assumes  the full  and  sole  responsibility  for the  condition,  construction,
operation,  repair, demolition,  replacement,  maintenance and management of the
Premises.

         Section 8.2.  Permitted Uses.  Subject to the  Declaration,  applicable
Insurance  Requirements and Legal  Requirements,  and the other  requirements of
this Lease, the Premises may be used for any lawful purpose permitted by each of
the  following:  I-1  Zoning as  defined  by City of Tempe in the year that this
Lease is executed;  and the Planned Area Development for Papago Park Center, and
for no other  purpose  without the prior written  consent of Landlord.  Landlord
shall not undertake or seek any zoning changes or any change to the Planned Area
Development  with respect to the Premises  that would  materially  and adversely
affect the  Premises or Tenant's  rights or  obligations  with  respect  thereto
without  Tenant's  consent.  The  Premises  shall be used at all times solely in
compliance  with all  Legal  Requirements.  Under  no  circumstances  shall  the
Premises  be used  for any  Prohibited  Use.  Further,  should  Tenant  elect to
purchase the Premises, the 
                                       21
<PAGE>
Tenant  agrees to accept in the deed a  restriction  and covenant that runs with
the land that no Prohibited Use shall ever be permitted on the Premises.

         Section 8.3. Maintenance and Repairs. Tenant shall take reasonable care
of the Premises  consistent  with the  requirements  of the  Declaration and any
Legal Requirements. Tenant shall also keep the sidewalks and gutters in front of
the  Premises  free and clear from  rubbish and shall not  obstruct  the same or
allow the same to be obstructed in any manner.

         Section  8.4.  Performance  by  Landlord.  In the event Tenant fails to
maintain  and repair the  Premises  in the  condition  required  by Section  8.3
hereof,  and  subject  to the  terms  of the  City  Lease  with  respect  to the
Buildings,  Landlord,  without  being under any  obligation to do so and without
thereby waiving any default, may after thirty (30) days written notice to Tenant
and  Tenant's  failure to cure (or, in the event of an  emergency or a threat to
safety, immediately and without notice to Tenant), perform or have performed any
and all such work as Landlord, in its reasonable discretion,  deems necessary to
maintain or restore the  Premises to the  required  condition.  Any and all work
performed  by or for  Landlord  pursuant to this  Section 8.4 shall be deemed to
have been  undertaken  for and at the expense of Tenant.  All  reasonable  costs
incurred by Landlord in undertaking such work shall be subject to the provisions
of Section 7.1 hereof.

         Section  8.5.  Alterations.  Except as  provided  in Article 10 hereof,
Tenant shall not erect any  structures,  make any  improvements  or do any other
construction  work  on  the  Premises  or  alter,  modify,  or  make  additions,
improvements  or repairs to or  replacements  of any  structure  now existing or
built at any time  during the Lease Term or install  any  fixtures  (other  than
trade fixtures  removable without injury to the Premises) which would (i) affect
the structural integrity of the Buildings, (ii) interfere with or affect utility
systems on the Premises (other than heating,  ventilating,  and air conditioning
systems  installed by Tenant) or (iii)  require  filing of plans with,  or other
approval by, any governmental  authority having jurisdiction thereof,  except in
accordance with the provisions of the Declaration.


                                    ARTICLE 9
                                    ---------

                                   COMPLIANCE
                                   ----------

         Section 9.1.  Tenant  Obligations.  Tenant shall assume and perform any
and all  obligations  of  Landlord  under any  Declaration  or other  covenants,
easements  and  agreements  now affecting the title to the Premises or hereafter
placed of record pursuant to the Declaration and/or Article 26 hereof, and shall
diligently  comply  with,  at its own expense  during the Lease Term,  all Legal
Requirements and Insurance Requirements, the intention of the parties being that
Tenant  during the Lease Term shall  discharge  and perform all  obligations  of
Landlord  with  regard to the  Premises  (other  than  obligations  of  Landlord
expressly agreed by Landlord herein to be performed by Landlord), as well as all
                                       22
<PAGE>
obligations  of Tenant,  pertaining  to the  Premises,  and shall save  Landlord
harmless  therefrom,  so that at all  times  the rent  and  other  sums  payable
hereunder shall be net to the Landlord without  reduction on account of any such
matter.

         Section 9.2. Certificate of Occupancy.  Tenant shall obtain and keep in
full force and effect at all times any  Building  is occupied a  certificate  of
occupancy  with  respect to the  Premises  as may at any time be required by any
governmental  agency  having  jurisdiction  thereof.  If at any  time any of the
Buildings are unoccupied,  Tenant may allow the certificate of occupancy for any
unoccupied Building to lapse;  provided Tenant shall continue to maintain,  keep
safe and insure the Premises during such time, and further  provided that Tenant
shall obtain a new or renewed certificate of occupancy at the time such Building
is re-occupied.

                                   ARTICLE 10
                                   ----------

                    CONSTRUCTION OF BUILDINGS AND LANDSCAPING
                    -----------------------------------------

         Section  10.1.  General  Requirements.   Landlord  acknowledges  Tenant
intends to  construct  Buildings on the real  property  which is subject to this
Lease,  and convey title to such  Buildings to the City upon  completion  of the
Buildings.  Landlord further  acknowledges that Tenant intends to lease back the
Buildings  from the City under the City Lease.  The  Buildings  and  Landscaping
shall be constructed by Tenant in accordance  with the  requirements of the City
Lease and this  Article  10. The  initial  Buildings  and  Landscaping  shall be
completed by June 30, 1995,  subject to Force  Majeure  delays.  As used in this
Lease,  the term  "Force  Majeure"  shall  mean war,  fire,  earthquake,  flood,
unavailability  of materials and court orders  (provided the  unavailability  of
materials or court  orders do not result from the conduct of the party  claiming
the delay).  Tenant shall notify  Landlord in writing of any Force Majeure event
within  fifteen  (15)  business  days after it  occurs.  In the event of a Force
Majeure delay,  the period for performance  shall be extended for a period equal
to the Force Majeure delay; provided, such performance shall not be extended for
any Force Majeure period occurring more than fifteen (15) business days prior to
the date notice of such Force Majeure is given by Tenant to Landlord.

         Section  10.2.   Approval  of  Final  Plans.   Before   commencing  any
construction,  Tenant will submit to Landlord and obtain Landlord's  approval of
all  final  construction  plans  and  specifications  for  construction  of  the
Buildings and Landscaping.  In like manner,  Tenant shall submit to Landlord and
obtain Landlord's  approval of all amendments to said final  construction  plans
and  specifications  at least  seven (7) days  prior to giving  effect  thereto.
Within ninety (90) days following  completion of the Buildings and  Landscaping,
Tenant shall deliver to Landlord true and complete copies, in duplicate,  of the
final "as built" plans and specifications.  The right of Landlord to approve the
final plans and specifications and any amendment thereto is for the sole benefit
of Landlord and may be waived by Landlord in its sole and unfettered discretion.
Landlord's  rights hereunder are for the sole benefit of 
                                       23
<PAGE>
Landlord,   and  approval  by  Landlord  shall  not  constitute  an  opinion  or
representation  by Landlord as to the sufficiency  thereof or impose any present
or future liability or responsibility upon the Landlord.

         Section  10.3.  Government  Approval.  Prior  to  commencement  of  any
construction,  Tenant will obtain the approval of the final  construction  plans
and specifications by the City and any and all federal,  state,  municipal,  and
other governmental authorities,  offices, and departments having jurisdiction in
the matter, and provide conformed copies of executed approvals to Landlord,  and
will obtain all necessary building permits.

         Section  10.4.  Construction  Standards.   Tenant  will  construct  the
Buildings and the Landscaping in a good, careful, proper and workmanlike manner,
in substantial  accordance with the final construction plans and specifications,
and  otherwise  in strict  accordance  with the  Architectural  and  Development
Guidelines and all Legal Requirements.  Upon completion, Tenant shall provide to
Landlord a certificate  of  substantial  completion in a form and executed by an
architect reasonably  satisfactory to Landlord certifying that the Buildings and
the Landscaping have been substantially completed as above provided.

         Section  10.5.  Ownership of  Buildings  and  Improvements.  During the
existence of the City Lease, title to all Buildings and Landscaping  constructed
or installed on the Premises by Tenant shall be in the City. In the event Tenant
exercises its option to purchase such  Buildings and  Landscaping  from the City
pursuant to the option to purchase  contained  in the City Lease,  title to such
Buildings  and  Landscaping  shall  thereafter be in the Tenant during the Lease
Term. In the event this Lease  expires or is terminated  for any reason prior to
the expiration or termination of the City Lease,  Tenant's right to exercise the
option to purchase  the  Buildings  and  Landscaping  under the City Lease shall
automatically  be  transferred  to Landlord  and  Landlord  shall be entitled to
exercise  the  same by  payment  of the  option  purchase  price  to the City as
provided  in the City Lease,  without  further act or deed of Tenant and without
the payment of compensation to Tenant. Unless such Buildings and Landscaping are
then owned by the City, on the  expiration or sooner lawful  termination of this
Lease,  all Buildings and Landscaping  which  constitute a part of the Premises,
exclusive  of  removable  trade  fixtures  and  personal  property of Tenant and
Subtenants,  shall,  at  the  election  of  Landlord,  without  the  payment  of
compensation to Tenant or others,  automatically and without further act or deed
become the property of Landlord  free and clear of all claims and  encumbrances.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  after the  expiration or  termination  of this
Lease,  Tenant shall upon request of Landlord execute such further  documents or
instruments  as may be necessary or  appropriate to transfer to Landlord any and
all rights,  interests and claims of Tenant to the  Buildings  and  Landscaping.
Additionally, Tenant shall assign to Landlord, and Landlord shall be entitled to
the benefit of, any licenses,  warranties or guarantees applicable to equipment,
systems,  fixtures or personal property conveyed or otherwise  transferred to or
for the benefit of Landlord under this Lease. 
                                       24
<PAGE>
         Section 10.6.  Requirement of Construction  Contract.  All improvements
which Tenant is required or permitted to construct upon the Premises pursuant to
this Lease  shall be  constructed  pursuant to written  construction  contracts,
copies of which,  and of all amendments  thereto,  shall be provided to Landlord
prior to the  commencement of  construction.  All such contracts shall contain a
provision  to the effect that no lien for labor,  materials  or supplies  may be
filed  against the  interests  of the  Landlord  or the Lessor  under the Master
Ground  Lease,  nor shall  Landlord or the Lessor under the Master  Ground Lease
have responsibility or liability therefor,  and such contracts shall require the
parties  thereto  to  inform  subcontractors  and  material  suppliers  of  such
non-responsibility   and  non-liability.   The  provisions  of  the  immediately
preceding  sentence  shall  not,  however,  be  applicable  with  respect to the
construction  of the Buildings  and  Landscaping  so long as such  Buildings and
Landscaping are constructed  and/or installed,  as the case may be, by Sun State
Builders. Unless waived by Landlord as provided below, prior to the commencement
of  construction,  Tenant  shall,  or shall cause the  contractor  to provide to
Tenant a performance  bond,  with  endorsements  naming  Landlord and Salt River
Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District as additional obligees under
such bond, in the full amount of the cost of such work in form and substance and
issued by a bonding company  satisfactory  to Landlord  sufficient to assure the
completion of such work. Tenant also shall cause a labor and material payment
bond conforming to the requirements of A.R.S.  Section 33-1003 and a copy of the
contract to which it relates to be recorded in the office of the County Recorder
of Maricopa County, Arizona, prior to the performance of any labor or furnishing
of any materials, machinery, fixtures or tools contemplated by such contract and
shall take any and all other  actions as may be necessary  under A.R.S.  Section
33-1003 in order to prevent mechanics' or materialmen's  liens from attaching to
the Premises or any portion thereof. Tenant shall provide Landlord with true and
accurate  copies  of such  bonds  and  endorsements.  Notwithstanding  the  bond
requirements  set forth  above,  in the event  that the Master  Ground  Lease is
amended  to  permit   alternatives  to  such  bonds  prior  to  commencement  of
construction,  Landlord  may waive  the bond  requirements  set forth  above and
alternatively  may  require  alternative  forms  of   collateralization   and/or
contractual security reasonably  acceptable to Landlord.  In connection with the
construction of the initial Buildings and Landscaping, Landlord shall accept, as
an alternative to such bonds, a security deposit in the amount of Fifty Thousand
and NO/100 Dollars  ($50,0000.00)  subject to and in accordance with the further
terms  and  provisions  of  this  section.  On or  before  the  commencement  of
construction of the initial  Buildings and Landscaping,  Tenant shall deliver to
Landlord a sum of Fifty Thousand and NO/100 Dollars ($50,000.00) as assurance of
Tenant's full and faithful performance of its construction and other obligations
under this Lease during the period from the  commencement  of such  construction
through and including  the date (the  "Release  Date") which is the later of (i)
one  hundred  twenty  (120)  days after  Tenant  opens for  business  within the
Premises,  (ii) ninety (90) days after Tenant records (or causes to be recorded)
a notice of completion with respect to the construction of the initial Buildings
and  Landscaping,  or (iii) ninety (90) days after completion of construction of
the initial  Buildings and  Landscaping.  If prior to the Release  Date,  Tenant
commits a Event of Default, Landlord may use, apply or retain all or part of the
security  deposit  for the  payment of any 
                                       25
<PAGE>
amount which Landlord may spend or become obligated to spend because of Tenant's
committing an Event of Default or to  compensate  Landlord for any other loss or
damage which  Landlord may suffer as a result  thereof.  On the Release Date, as
long as there is not then in  existence  an  Event of  Default,  Landlord  shall
release the  security  deposit  (less any amounts  previously  used,  applied or
retained as  permitted  herein) to Tenant.  Tenant  shall not be entitled to any
interest earned on the security deposit.

         Section 10.7.  Application of this Article.  Except with respect to the
provisions of this Article which are expressly  limited to the  construction  of
the initial  Buildings and  Landscaping,  the  provisions of this Article 10 are
applicable  to  the   construction  of  not  only  the  initial   Buildings  and
Landscaping, but any future Buildings and/or Landscaping.


                                   ARTICLE 11
                                   ----------

                         IMPAIRMENT OF LANDLORD'S TITLE
                         ------------------------------

         Section 11.1. No Liens. Tenant shall not create or suffer to be created
or to remain,  and shall  within  thirty  (30) days  after  notice of the filing
thereof pay in full and  discharge or provide  bonding  sufficient to obtain the
release of any  mechanic's,  laborer's or  materialman's  lien which might be or
become a lien,  encumbrance  or charge upon the  Premises or any part thereof or
the  income  therefrom,  and Tenant  will not  suffer any other  matter or thing
arising out of Tenant's use and  occupancy  of the Premises  whereby the estate,
rights and  interests of Landlord in the  Premises or any part thereof  might be
impaired.

         Section 11.2. Discharge. If any mechanic's,  laborer's or materialman's
lien  shall at any time be  filed  against  the  Premises  or any part  thereof,
Tenant, within thirty (30) days after notice of the filing thereof,  shall cause
such lien to be discharged of record by payment,  deposit,  bond, order of court
of competent jurisdiction or otherwise. Tenant shall immediately notify Landlord
in writing of any such lien which might  attach or be claimed at any time and of
its action to either  satisfy or obtain the release of the lien. If Tenant shall
fail  to  cause  such  lien to be  released  or  discharged  within  the  period
aforesaid,  then,  in addition to any other right or remedy,  Landlord  may, but
shall not be  obligated  to,  discharge  the same  either by paying  the  amount
claimed to be due or by  procuring  the release of such lien by bonding or other
means,  and any amount so paid by Landlord  and  reasonable  costs and  expenses
incurred by Landlord in connection  therewith shall  constitute  additional rent
payable by Tenant to Landlord on demand.

         Section 11.3. No Implied Consent. Nothing contained in this Lease shall
be  deemed or  construed  in any way as  constituting  Landlord's  expressed  or
implied  authorization,  consent or request  to any  contractor,  subcontractor,
laborer  or  materialman,  architect  or  consultant  for  the  construction  or
demolition of any  improvement,  the performance of any 
                                       26
<PAGE>
labor or services  or the  furnishing  of any  materials  for any  improvements,
alterations to or repair of the Premises or any part thereof.


                                   ARTICLE 12
                                   ----------

                                   INSPECTION
                                   ----------

         Section 12.1.  Inspection  and Entry.  Landlord shall have the right at
any  time  and from  time to time  during  Tenant's  or any  Subtenant's  normal
business  hours to enter upon the  Premises,  or any part  thereof,  at any time
during  the  Lease  Term  for  the  purposes  of   inspecting   any  work  under
construction, ascertaining the condition of the Premises and determining whether
Tenant is observing and performing all of its  obligations  under this Lease, or
of showing the Premises to any  prospective  Mortgagees (and during the last two
(2) years of the Lease Term, to any prospective  purchaser or lessee),  all with
or without cause and without hindrance or molestation from Tenant, provided that
Landlord shall give Tenant at least  twenty-four  (24) hours notice prior to any
inspection  of any  building  interior and further  provided  Tenant may require
Landlord to be escorted throughout the Premises,  but Landlord shall nonetheless
have full  access.  The  notice  and escort  requirements  provided  for in this
paragraph  shall  not  be  required  if  and to the  extent  that  Landlord  has
reasonable  cause  to  believe  that an  emergency  exists  requiring  immediate
attention.  Any  inspection  or entry by  Landlord  onto the  Premises  shall be
conducted, to the extent reasonably  practicable,  in a manner so as to minimize
disruption and/or  interference  with construction  activities or the conduct of
business on the Premises


                                   ARTICLE 13
                                   ----------

                                 INDEMNIFICATION
                                 ---------------

         Section 13.1.  Indemnification of Landlord.

                  A. Tenant  shall  indemnify  and save  Landlord and all of its
directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents or other persons liable by,
through or under  Landlord  harmless  from and against any and all  liabilities,
suits,  obligations,  fines,  damages,  penalties,  claims,  costs,  charges and
expenses,  including  property  damage,  personal  injury and wrongful death and
further  including,  without  limitation,  architects'  and attorneys'  fees and
disbursements,  which may be imposed  upon or incurred  by or  asserted  against
Landlord  or any such  indemnified  Person  by  reason  of any of the  following
occurring  during the Lease Term or at any time when Tenant or any  Subtenant is
in  possession  of the  Premises or any portion  thereof,  unless  caused by any
breach by  Landlord  of its  obligations  under this  Lease or by the  negligent
actions or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants,  contractors or
employees:
                                       27
<PAGE>
                           (1)  construction  of the Buildings or Landscaping or
any other work or thing done in, on or about the  Premises or any part  thereof,
by Tenant or its agents or any  contractor  employed by it or any work performed
by or for  Landlord  pursuant  to  Article  7  hereof  and  any  other  work  or
construction required under this Lease,  including activities related to the bid
process therefor;

                           (2)  any  use,   non-use,   possession,   occupation,
alteration,  repair,  condition,  operation,  maintenance  or  management of the
Premises  or any  improvements  thereon  at any  time  or any  nuisance  made or
suffered  thereon or any failure by Tenant to keep the Premises or  improvements
or any part thereof in a safe condition;

                           (3)  any  acts  or  omissions  of the  Tenant  or any
Subtenant  or any of its or  their  respective  agents,  contractors,  servants,
employees or licensees;

                           (4) any fire,  accident,  injury (including death) or
damage to any  person or  property  occurring  in, on or about the  Premises  or
improvements or any part thereof;

                           (5) any lien or claim  which may be  alleged  to have
arisen against or on the Premises or  improvements or any part thereof or any of
the assets of, or funds  appropriated to, Landlord or any liability which may be
asserted  against  Landlord with respect thereto to the extent arising,  in each
such case,  out of the acts or omissions  of Tenant,  its  contractors,  agents,
servants, guests, employees, licensees, invitees or Subtenants;

                           (6) any  failure  on the  part  of  Tenant  to  keep,
observe,  comply  with and  perform  any of the  terms,  covenants,  agreements,
provisions,  conditions  or  limitations  contained  in any  Subleases  or other
contracts  and  agreements  affecting the Premises or  improvements  or any part
thereof on Tenant's part to be kept, observed or performed; and

                           (7)  any   Imposition  or  tax,   including  any  tax
attributable to the execution, delivery or recording of this Lease or payment of
Rent or other sums hereunder with respect to events occurring during the Term of
this Lease, except for any tax imposed on the net income of Landlord or excluded
from the definition of Impositions under Section 4.1.C above.

         The  provisions  of this  indemnity  shall  survive the  expiration  or
earlier  termination  of this Lease for any reason.  However,  the provisions of
this indemnity  shall apply to Tenant only with respect to  liabilities,  suits,
obligations,  fines,  damages,  penalties,  claims, costs, charges and expenses,
arising out of or  relating to events  occurring  prior to the  occurrence  of a
Permitted  Assignment  as defined in Section 17.1 and the receipt by Landlord of
the  Permitted  Assignee's  covenant of  assumption as provided in Section 17.5;
thereafter,  the Permitted  Assignee  shall have the indemnity  obligations  for
events  occurring  from  and  after  its  assumption  of  Tenant's   obligations
hereunder.
                                       28
<PAGE>
                  B. Tenant will hold all goods, materials, furniture, fixtures,
equipment,   machinery  and  other  property  whatsoever  on  the  Premises  and
improvements at the sole risk of Tenant and save the Landlord  harmless from any
loss or damage thereto by any cause  whatsoever,  except to the extent caused by
the grossly  negligent  actions or willful  misconduct of Landlord,  its agents,
servants, contractors or employees.

                  C. The  obligations  of Tenant under this Section shall not in
any way be affected by the absence in any case of covering  insurance  or by the
failure or refusal of any  insurance  carrier to perform any  obligation  on its
part to be performed under insurance policies affecting the Premises.

                  D. If any  claim,  action  or  proceeding  is made or  brought
against Landlord or its directors, officers, employees,  shareholders, agents or
other Persons  claiming by, through or under Landlord by reason of any event for
which  Tenant is liable  under this  Article,  then,  upon  demand by  Landlord,
Tenant, at its sole cost and expense,  shall resist or defend such claim, action
or proceeding in Landlord's  name, if necessary,  by such  attorneys as Landlord
shall  reasonably  approve,  which may be the attorneys  for Tenant's  insurance
carrier, if such claim,  action or proceeding is covered by insurance.  Landlord
agrees that Tenant  shall have the right to contest the  validity of any and all
claims and defend,  settle and compromise any and all such claims of any kind or
character or by whomsoever claimed, in the name of Landlord,  as Tenant may deem
necessary,  provided  that the  expenses  thereof  shall be paid by Tenant,  and
further provided that Landlord shall be fully indemnified.

         Section 13.2.  Indemnification of Tenant.

                  A.  Landlord  shall  indemnify  and save Tenant and all of its
directors, officers, employees, shareholders, agents or other persons liable by,
through or under  Tenant  harmless  from and  against  any and all  liabilities,
suits,  obligations,  fines,  damages,  penalties,  claims,  costs,  charges and
expenses,  including  property  damage,  personal  injury and wrongful death and
further  including,  without  limitation,  architects'  and attorneys'  fees and
disbursements,  which may be imposed  upon or incurred  by or  asserted  against
Tenant or any such indemnified Person by reason of the negligence,  recklessness
or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, servants, contractors,  employees
or licensees or caused by any breach by Landlord of its  obligations  under this
Lease.

                  B. If any  claim,  action  or  proceeding  is made or  brought
against Tenant or its directors,  officers, employees,  shareholders,  agents or
other  Persons  claiming by,  through or under Tenant by reason of any event for
which  Landlord  is liable  under this  Article,  then,  upon  demand by Tenant,
Landlord,  at its sole cost and  expense,  shall  resist or defend  such  claim,
action or proceeding in Tenant's name, if necessary, by such attorneys as Tenant
shall reasonably  approve,  which may be the attorneys for Landlord's  insurance
                                       29
<PAGE>
carrier,  if such claim,  action or proceeding  is covered by insurance.  Tenant
agrees that Landlord shall have the right to contest the validity of any and all
claims and defend,  settle and compromise any and all such claims of any kind or
character or by whomsoever  claimed, in the name of Tenant, as Landlord may deem
necessary,  provided that the expenses  thereof  shall be paid by Landlord,  and
further provided that Tenant shall be fully indemnified.


                                   ARTICLE 14
                                   ----------

                              DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
                              ---------------------

         Section 14.1. Tenant's Election to Restore,  Rebuild or Raze. If at any
time during the Lease Term the  Premises or any  improvements  thereon  shall be
damaged or destroyed in whole or in part by fire or other occurrence of any kind
or nature,  ordinary or  extraordinary,  foreseen or  unforeseen,  Tenant  shall
restore,  rebuild,  raze or otherwise  secure the  Premises in a neat,  safe and
sightly   condition,   in  compliance  with  any  Legal   Requirements  and  the
requirements  of any  Declaration.  All proceeds from the insurance  procured by
Tenant pursuant to Article 5 that are released or paid on account of such damage
or destruction shall belong to Tenant. Any restoration or rebuilding  undertaken
by Tenant shall comply with all requirements of Articles 10 and 11 pertaining to
the construction of the Buildings and Landscaping as if such provisions were set
forth in full herein.

         Section 14.2. Lease Obligations  Continue.  In no event shall Tenant be
entitled to any  abatement,  allowance,  reduction or suspension of rent because
part or all of the  Premises  shall be  untenable  due to the  partial  or total
destruction  thereof.  No such damage or destruction shall affect in any way the
obligation of Tenant to pay the Minimum Rent,  Additional Rent and other charges
herein  reserved  or  required  to be  paid or  release  Tenant  of or from  any
obligations imposed upon Tenant hereunder.

         Section 14.3. Election to Terminate.  Notwithstanding Sections 14.1 and
14.2 above,  if the  Buildings or any parts  thereof are damaged or destroyed by
fire or other casualty at any time during the Lease Term:

                  A. Tenant's Elections.  Tenant may elect to rebuild,  restore,
raze or  otherwise  secure the  Premises as set forth in Section  14.1 above and
keep this Lease in effect;  or Tenant may elect to  terminate  this Lease  after
such damage or destruction in accordance with the following: If Tenant elects to
terminate, it will give Landlord written notice of its intention to so terminate
within  ninety (90) days after the  occurrence  of such  damage or  destruction.
Landlord shall,  within thirty (30)  additional  days after  receiving  Tenant's
notice,  inform  Tenant in  writing  that  Landlord  either  will (a) accept the
surrender of the  Premises in its damaged  condition,  or (b) require  Tenant to
completely  raze and clear 
                                       30
<PAGE>
the property within the next sixty (60) days. In the latter event,  Tenant shall
completely  raze and clear the  property  in a  commercially  reasonable  manner
within said sixty-day (60) period.  Upon either (i) Landlord's  written election
to accept the  surrender of the Premises in its damaged  condition,  or (ii) the
completion  of the  razing  and  clearing  of the  property,  this  Lease  shall
terminate  and all of  Tenant's  obligations  hereunder  shall  cease  with  the
exception of any provisions  hereto which  expressly  survive the termination of
this Lease.

                  B. Adjustment of Additional  Rent. Upon Landlord's  acceptance
of the surrender of the Premises in its damaged  condition or the  completion of
the razing and  clearing of the  property as  provided in  subparagraph  A, this
Lease shall cease and  terminate  on the date of such  completion  with the same
force  and  effect  as if such  date  were the  date  originally  fixed  for the
termination  hereof.  With  respect  to any items of  Additional  Rent which are
payable to Landlord in the event of such  termination  or which have accrued but
are not yet payable at the date of  termination,  but which are not then capable
of ascertainment,  Tenant shall pay to Landlord an amount reasonably computed by
Landlord,  who will hold such payment as trust funds until such  Additional Rent
becomes determined. Upon determination of the Additional Rent due, if there is a
surplus in such trust  account,  Landlord  will  promptly  refund the surplus to
Tenant.  If there is a deficit in such  account,  Tenant will  promptly  pay the
amount of such deficit to Landlord.  If as a result of any action or  proceeding
to obtain a reduction of Impositions,  Tenant shall be entitled to a refund, the
amount  of such  refund  (less  the cost and  expense  of  collection  including
reasonable attorneys' fees) when collected by Landlord shall be paid by Landlord
to Tenant,  unless there  remains at the time a deficit in the trust  account or
unless  Tenant  shall be  otherwise  in  default  under  the terms  hereof.  The
covenants and  agreements  with respect to the  adjustment  and payment of these
items of Additional Rent shall survive the termination hereof.


                                   ARTICLE 15
                                   ----------

                                  CONDEMNATION
                                  ------------

         Section 15.1. Total or Substantial  Takings.  If at any time during the
term of this  Lease,  title to the whole or  substantially  all of the  Premises
shall be taken in condemnation  proceedings or by any right of eminent domain or
by  agreement  in lieu of such  proceedings,  or a  substantial  portion  of the
Premises are so taken and the remainder of the Premises  cannot feasibly be used
or  converted  for use by Tenant for the uses set forth in Section  8.2  hereof,
this Lease shall  terminate  on the date of such taking and the Minimum Rent and
Additional Rent provided for herein shall be apportioned and paid to the date of
such taking.  In the event of the  termination  of this Lease as a result of any
such taking, each of Landlord and Tenant shall be entitled to make and pursue or
to settle, compromise and adjust and to receive any award or proceeds payable on
account of its own separate  claim 
                                       31
<PAGE>
for the value of the rights and  interests  so taken as if this Lease would have
remained in effect for the full Lease Term but for such taking.

         Section  15.2.  Partial  Taking.  In the  event  that  title  to or any
interest in the Premises shall be taken in condemnation  proceedings or by right
of  eminent  domain or by  agreement  in lieu  thereof,  and such  taking is not
subject to Section 15.1 hereof, the following provisions shall apply:

                  A.  Awards.  Each of Landlord  and Tenant shall be entitled to
make and pursue or to settle,  compromise  and adjust its own separate claim for
the value of the  rights  and  interests  so taken as if this  Lease  would have
remained in effect as to the portion of the property so taken for the full Lease
Term but for such  taking.  Landlord  shall be  entitled  to retain  any  amount
awarded for the taking of any right,  title or interest of Landlord  free of any
right or claim of Tenant or any Mortgage. Tenant shall be entitled to retain any
amount  awarded  for the  taking  of any  right,  title or  interest  of  Tenant
hereunder,  subject to the  provisions of this Section and subject to the rights
of any Mortgagees.

                  B.  Tenant's  Elections.  In the  event of a  partial  taking,
Tenant shall have the same  elections as provided in Section 14.1 in the case of
damage or  destruction,  In the event of a partial taking  occurring  during the
last five (5) years of the Lease Term, Tenant shall have the elections set forth
in Section 14.3.

                  C. Lease Obligations Continue. Unless this Lease is terminated
pursuant to the  provisions  of this  Article 15,  Tenant shall be entitled to a
reduction in the Minimum Rent based upon the percentage  that the square footage
of land lost because of a partial  taking  bears to the total square  footage of
land in the Premises  prior to such  partial  taking;  however,  no such partial
taking shall  otherwise  affect in any way the  obligation  of Tenant to pay the
Additional Rent applicable to the remaining portion of the Premises or the other
charges herein  reserved or required to be paid or release Tenant of or from any
other obligations imposed upon Tenant hereunder.

         Section  15.3.  Rights of  Participation.  Each of Landlord  and Tenant
shall  have  the  right,  at its own  expense,  to  appear  in any  condemnation
proceeding and participate in any and all hearings, trials and appeals therein.

         Section 15.4.  Notice of Proceeding.  In the event that either Landlord
or  Tenant  shall  receive  notice  of  any  proposed  or  pending  condemnation
proceedings affecting the Premises or any part thereof, the party receiving such
notice  shall  promptly  notify  the other  party of such  notice  and  contents
thereof.
                                       32
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 16
                                   ----------

                            SUBTENANT NON-DISTURBANCE
                            -------------------------

         Section 16.1.  Agreement for  Non-Disturbance  of Subtenants.  Landlord
hereby  covenants  and agrees,  for the benefit of any  Subtenant,  that, in the
event that this Lease  shall for any  reason  terminate  prior to the end of the
Lease Term,  Landlord  shall  attorn to and shall  recognize  the rights of each
Subtenant  under its Sublease as if the Landlord were the sublessor  thereunder,
subject to the following terms and conditions:  (a) such Sublease is a Permitted
Sublease;  (b) such Subtenant has previously  provided Landlord with its current
notice  address;  (c) at the time of the  termination of this Lease,  no default
exists (after the  expiration of any  applicable  notice and cure periods) under
such Sublease  which would then permit the landlord  thereunder to terminate the
same or to exercise any default  remedy  provided for therein;  and (d) Landlord
shall  deliver to the Subtenant (at the notice  address  previously  provided by
Subtenant to Landlord)  within thirty (30) days  following  termination  of this
Lease an instrument  which the Subtenant  shall execute within fifteen (15) days
after such  delivery,  confirming  the agreement of such  Subtenant to attorn to
Landlord and to pay all rent and other sums payable under such Sublease directly
to Landlord and to recognize  Landlord as such  Subtenant's  landlord  under its
Sublease,  which  instrument shall also provide that neither Landlord nor any of
its officers,  employees,  agents or other Persons  responsible  by,  through or
under Landlord shall be:

                  A.  Liable  for  any act or  omission  of any  prior  landlord
(including, without limitation, the then defaulting landlord), or

                  B. Subject to any offsets or defenses  which the Subtenant may
have  against  any  prior  landlord  (including,  without  limitation,  the then
defaulting landlord), or

                  C. Bound by any payment of rent which the Subtenant might have
paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord  (including,  without
limitation, the then defaulting landlord), or

                  D.  Bound  by  any  covenant  to  undertake  or  complete  any
construction of the Premises or any portion thereof demised by said Sublease, or

                  E.  Bound  by  any  obligation  to  make  any  payment  to the
Subtenant, or

                  F. Bound by any  modification of the Sublease made without the
written consent of Landlord.

         Notwithstanding  that  Landlord  shall  not be  liable  for  any act or
omission of any prior landlord, nor subject to any offsets or any defenses which
Subtenant may have against any prior landlord, and notwithstanding that Landlord
shall not have any  obligation  to  construct  
                                       33
<PAGE>
or complete any portion of the Premises,  Subtenant  shall have the right to set
off against the rent otherwise payable to Landlord under the Permitted  Sublease
(subject to the  limitation on setoff set forth below) the amounts  necessary to
reimburse  Subtenant for any amounts  actually and  reasonably  expended and any
costs and expenses  actually and  reasonably  incurred by Subtenant (but not for
lost profits or consequential  damages incurred by Subtenant) as a result of any
breach or default  under the Permitted  Sublease by any landlord,  including any
continuing  default  and  including  any  failure of the  Landlord  or any prior
landlord to construct, complete, service, maintain or repair any improvements on
the Premises if and as provided in such Permitted Sublease;  provided,  however,
that the  amount  of rent to be paid to  Landlord  each  month by the  Subtenant
without  setoff  shall equal or exceed the monthly  rent  payable for that month
under this Lease.


                                   ARTICLE 17
                                   ----------

                        ASSIGNMENT, SUBLETTING, MORTGAGE
                        --------------------------------

         Section 17.1. Prior Consent; Permitted Assignments.  Tenant may assign,
mortgage, pledge, encumber,  sublease or transfer this Lease or any part thereof
or interest  therein,  with or without the prior written  consent of Landlord in
each  instance,  provided no such action shall release  Tenant of its continuing
obligations   hereunder  unless  it  meets  the  requirements  of  a  "Permitted
Assignment"  as  hereinafter  defined,  and  further  provided  that a Permitted
Assignment  which is also the Initial  Assignment  shall not in any event act to
release  the  Tenant  named in the first  paragraph  of this Lease of any of the
Tenant's obligations or liabilities under this Lease.

                  A.  A  "Permitted   Assignment"   shall  be  (i)  the  Initial
Assignment  described in Section 17.17 below,  and (ii) any other  assignment of
Tenant's interest in this Lease which meets the following requirements:

                           (1) The  assignment  shall  be an  assignment  of the
entire  interest  of  Tenant  for  the  remainder  of the  Term,  and a  partial
assignment shall not be permitted.

                           (2) Prior to such  assignment  the proposed  assignee
shall  submit  to  Landlord  a  financial  statement  together  with  reasonable
supporting  documentation  (but not including new appraisals)  establishing that
such  proposed  assignee,  either by itself or in  combination  with a guarantor
willing to guaranty such proposed assignee's  obligations under this Lease, will
have at the time of the  assignment  a net worth  (defined  as the then  current
market value of its assets less its  liabilities)  at least equal to the greater
of (i)  $4,000,000  in 1993  dollars  adjusted  by the CPI index  referred to in
Article 5 for inflation to the time of the proposed assignment, or (ii) the then
current fair market value of Premises  (including the real  property,  Buildings
and Landscaping,  if any) as if held in fee simple and in single ownership.  The
fair market value of the Premises  shall be  established  either  through mutual
                                       34
<PAGE>
agreement between Landlord and Tenant, or, if they cannot agree upon a value, by
appraisal  conducted  by  an  MAI  appraiser   experienced  in  valuing  similar
properties, with the expense of such appraisal being borne by Tenant.

                           (3) The proposed assignee's occupation and use of the
Premises will not violate Section 8.2 hereof.

                           (4)  The  proposed  assignee's   occupancy  will  not
require a variation in the terms of this Lease.

                           (5)  Landlord  is  provided   with  an  Interim  Site
Assessment indicating no adverse environmental  condition in, on, under or about
the Premises caused by Tenant or anyone claiming by, through or under Tenant.

                  B. Notwithstanding the foregoing requirements,  so long as the
Premises  or any  portion  thereof  are owned by or under  lease to Papago  Park
Center, Inc., Salt River Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District, or
any affiliate or subsidiary thereof, Tenant may request Landlord's consent to an
assignment which does not meet all of the foregoing  requirements,  and any such
assignment  with the consent of Landlord  shall also be  considered a "Permitted
Assignment."  Further,  in the event  and at such time that none of Papago  Park
Center, Inc., Salt River Project Agricultural Improvement and Power District, or
any affiliate or subsidiary  thereof have any ownership  interest  (leasehold or
otherwise)  in the  Premises,  Tenant  shall have the right to assign its entire
interest under this Lease without meeting the  requirements  set forth above and
without obtaining the then Landlord's consent, and such assignment shall also be
considered a "Permitted Assignment."

                  C. An assignment  which meets  requirements  of subpart A or B
above is  herein  called  a  "Permitted  Assignment"  and the  assignee  under a
Permitted  Assignment  is  herein  called  a  "Permitted  Assignee".   Upon  the
occurrence of a Permitted  Assignment and the Permitted  Assignee's  delivery to
Landlord of the  assumption  instrument  referred to in Section 17.5 below,  the
prior  Tenant  (except as  otherwise  provided in Section  17.17 below) shall be
released from liabilities and obligations under this Lease accruing  thereafter,
and the Permitted Assignee shall be and become and remain liable for the payment
of all rents and other sums payable hereunder and for the due performance of all
the covenants,  agreements,  terms and provisions  hereof on Tenant's part to be
performed  throughout  the  remainder  of the  Lease  Term,  from and  after the
Permitted Assignment.  The provisions hereof shall be operative for and apply to
each subsequent Permitted Assignment.

         Section 17.2. Permitted Subleases.  Tenant may sublease portions of the
Premises with or without the prior consent of Landlord.  However,  the Subtenant
under  any  Sublease  made  without   Landlord's  consent  shall  not  have  the
protections  of Article 16 and  Landlord  shall not be required to  recognize or
attorn to such Subtenant,  unless such Sublease meets the following requirements
for a "Permitted Sublease":
                                       35
<PAGE>
                  A. Such  Sublease  shall be subject  and  subordinate  to this
Lease and the  rights of  Landlord  hereunder  and the  rights of any  Permitted
Mortgagee, as provided herein.

                  B. Such Sublease shall provide that, in the event the Lease is
terminated,  the  Subtenant  will  attorn to  Landlord as provided in Article 16
hereof.

                  C. Such Sublease shall contain a provision to the effect that,
in the event  this  Lease is  terminated  and all of the  Buildings  within  the
Premises are not operating at a total  occupancy level of at least forty percent
(40%) or Landlord is not then receiving  rents under all of the Subleases  which
result in Landlord  realizing  the net amount of the Minimum Rent then due under
this Lease after considering all expenses of holding, operating and managing the
Buildings,  then  notwithstanding  any  agreement  on the  part of  Landlord  to
recognize such Sublease, Landlord shall have the right to terminate the Sublease
at any time after the first nine (9) years under the Sublease upon the giving of
one (1) year's prior notice and Landlord's making  termination  payment equal to
the annual Sublease rent then in effect upon such termination.

                  D. Such  Sublease  shall  require the payment of minimum  rent
thereunder  which  will  represent  throughout  the  term  of  such  Sublease  a
reasonable  share of the Minimum  Rent payable  hereunder  based on the Building
square  footage  leased by the subtenant  relative to the square  footage all of
Buildings within the Premises.

                  E. Such  Sublease  is  otherwise  entered  into upon terms and
conditions  which are reasonably  satisfactory  to Landlord.  Tenant may satisfy
this  condition E by obtaining  Landlord's  prior approval of a standard form of
Sublease and using such form without substantial deviation.

                  F. Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary contained in this
Lease,  provided it conforms with the form  previously  reviewed and approved by
Landlord,  when  executed  the City  Lease  shall  be  approved  as a  Permitted
Sublease.

         Section 17.3. Rent From Assignee. If this Lease is assigned, whether or
not in violation of the provisions hereof,  Landlord may and hereby is empowered
to collect rent directly from the  assignee.  In such event,  Landlord may apply
the net amount received by it to the rent and other sums payable  hereunder.  No
such  collection  shall be  deemed a waiver  of the  covenant  herein  regarding
assignment  or an  acceptance  of the assignee as a Tenant under this Lease or a
release of Tenant from the further performance of the covenants herein contained
on the part of Tenant.

         Section 17.4.  Continuing  Liability.  Except as provided herein in the
case of a Permitted Assignment, the making of any assignment in whole or in part
without Landlord's prior reasonable consent, shall not operate to relieve Tenant
from its obligations under this Lease and,  notwithstanding any such assignment,
Tenant  shall  remain  liable for the payment 
                                       36
<PAGE>
of all rent and other sums payable  hereunder and for the due performance of all
the covenants,  agreements,  terms and  provisions of this Lease  throughout the
Lease Term. However,  in the event of a Permitted  Assignment of all of Tenant's
rights  and  obligations  under this Lease to a  Permitted  Assignee,  upon such
Permitted Assignee's delivery to Landlord of the assumption  instrument referred
to be in  Section  17.5  below,  Tenant  thereafter  shall  only be  liable  for
obligations  arising prior to such assignment,  and the Permitted Assignee shall
be liable for all obligations  arising from and after such assignment,  provided
such Permitted  Assignee has executed an instrument  expressly assuming all such
obligations, as provided in Section 17.5 below.

         Section  17.5.  Assignee  Bound.  Subject to the  provisions of Section
17.1.C above, every assignee, whether as assignee or as successor in interest of
any  assignee  of Tenant  herein  named,  or as  successor  in  interest  of any
assignee,  including  any  purchaser  of the Lease  under a  foreclosure  of any
Permitted Mortgage, shall be and become and remain liable for the payment of all
rent and other sums payable  hereunder  and for the due  performance  of all the
covenants,  agreements,  terms  and  provisions  hereof on  Tenant's  part to be
performed  throughout  the  Lease  Term,  and  every  provision  of  this  Lease
applicable  to Tenant shall apply to and bind every such  assignee and purchaser
with the same force and effect as though  such  assignee or  purchaser  were the
Tenant named in this Lease.  No transfer to such  assignee or to such  purchaser
shall be binding  upon  Landlord or act to release any  assignor or prior Tenant
unless such  assignee or  purchaser  shall  deliver to the Landlord a recordable
instrument which contains a covenant of assumption by said assignee or purchaser
to such  effect,  but the failure or refusal of such  assignee or  purchaser  to
deliver  such  instrument  shall not  release  or  discharge  such  assignee  or
purchaser from its obligations and liability as above set forth.

         Section  17.6.  Consent  Limited.   Any  consent  by  Landlord  to  any
assignment or Sublease  shall apply only to the specific  transaction  approved.
Such  consent  shall not be  construed  as a waiver of the duty of Tenant or its
successors  or  assigns  to obtain  from the  Landlord a consent to any other or
subsequent  assignment  or Sublease,  if  applicable,  or as a  modification  or
limitation of the right of Landlord with respect to the foregoing covenant.

         Section 17.7. Permitted Mortgages--Definition. Tenant from time to time
during  the  Term of this  Lease  may make one or more  Permitted  Mortgages.  A
"Permitted Mortgage" shall mean a Mortgage in which the following conditions are
satisfied:

                  A. Such Permitted  Mortgage shall encumber no interests in the
Premises  other than Tenant's  interest  therein  (including the Option) and any
Subleases;

                  B.  Tenant or the  holder  of such  Permitted  Mortgage  shall
promptly  deliver to Landlord in the manner  herein  provided  for the giving of
notices a true copy of the Permitted Mortgage and of any assignments thereof and
shall  provide  Landlord with the current  notice  address of the holder of such
Permitted Mortgage; and
                                       37
<PAGE>
                  C. The  holder  of such  Permitted  Mortgage  shall  expressly
accept  and agree for itself  and its  successors  and  assigns,  including  any
purchaser at any foreclosure sale, to be bound by the provisions of Section 17.5
hereof,  but only for the  period  of time  that the  holder  of such  Permitted
Mortgage is the Subtenant under the Sublease.

         Section 17.8. Permitted  Mortgages--Further  Provisions.  The following
provisions shall apply to any Permitted Mortgage:

                  A. For purposes of the notice  requirements  of this  Article,
the term  "Permitted  Mortgagee"  shall mean only the  holder of an  outstanding
Permitted  Mortgage  recorded in the office of the Maricopa  County Recorder who
has provided Landlord with a current address for the delivery of notices (herein
sometimes called a "Permitted Mortgagee of Record").  Further, Landlord may rely
upon the certificate of any title insurance company authorized to do business in
the State of Arizona in order to determine which Permitted Mortgage is first and
prior to all others  recorded  in the office of said  Maricopa  County  Recorder
(herein sometimes called the "First Permitted Mortgage of Record").

                  B. For the purpose of this Article,  the making of a Permitted
Mortgage  shall not be deemed to  constitute  an  assignment or transfer of this
Lease,  nor shall any  holder of a  Permitted  Mortgage,  as such,  be deemed an
assignee or transferee of this Lease or of the leasehold  estate hereby  created
so as to require such holder of a Permitted  Mortgage to assume the  performance
of any of the  terms,  covenants  or  conditions  on the  part of  Tenant  to be
performed  hereunder;  but  the  purchaser  at any  sale of  this  Lease  in any
proceedings  for the foreclosure of any Permitted  Mortgage,  or the assignee or
transferee of this Lease under any  instrument of assignment or transfer in lieu
of the  foreclosure  of any Permitted  Mortgage  (including any such holder of a
Permitted Mortgage, if it becomes such a purchaser or assignee), shall be deemed
to be an assignee or transferee  within the meaning of this Section and shall be
deemed  to have  assumed  the  performance  of all  the  terms,  covenants,  and
conditions  on the part of Tenant to be performed  hereunder,  but only from and
after the date of such  purchase and  assignment.  In no event shall a Permitted
Mortgagee (or any purchaser at a foreclosure  sale) be liable or responsible for
or be deemed to have assumed liability or be obligated to indemnify Landlord for
any prior actions,  omissions,  defaults,  breaches or other events caused by or
related to any prior tenant (including Tenant) and such Permitted  Mortgagee (or
any  purchaser  at a  foreclosure  sale)  shall  only be  responsible  for acts,
omissions,  defaults, breaches or events occurring from and after it becomes the
Tenant,  but the prior  Tenant(s) shall not be released from liability for prior
occurrences  for  which  any such  Tenant(s)  may be liable  under  this  Lease.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the Permitted Mortgagee (or any purchaser at
a foreclosure sale) becoming the Tenant hereunder,  such Permitted Mortgagee (or
purchaser at a foreclosure sale) shall be responsible to cure any defaults which
may then exist which are reasonably  susceptible to cure, in accordance with the
provisions of Section 17.11 below.
                                       38
<PAGE>
                  C.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Article  15  to  the
contrary,  any  award or other  proceeds  of or from a  taking  in  condemnation
proceedings  or by any right of eminent  domain or by  agreement in lieu of such
proceedings,  relating to the Buildings and Landscaping or any portion  thereof,
shall first be utilized to pay off and discharge all Permitted  Mortgages  (with
such award or proceeds to first be utilized to pay off and  discharge  the First
Permitted  Mortgage of Record and  thereafter,  in order of lien priority of the
Permitted  Mortgages)  before  either  Landlord  or Tenant  shall have rights or
claims thereto under Article 15 below or otherwise.

         Section 17.9. Notice to Permitted Mortgagees.  So long as any Permitted
Mortgage shall remain a lien on Tenant's  leasehold estate  hereunder,  Landlord
agrees, simultaneously with the giving of any notice to Tenant (i) of default or
(ii) of  termination  hereof or (iii) of any  matter  on which a default  may be
predicated or claimed or (iv) of any condition  which if continued may lead to a
default or termination  hereof or the exercise of any other remedies  hereunder,
to give  duplicate  copies thereof or of any process in any action or proceeding
brought to  terminate  or to  otherwise  in any way affect this  Lease,  to each
Permitted  Mortgagee of Record, and no such notice to Tenant or process shall be
effective  against  the  holder of a  Permitted  Mortgage  unless a copy of such
notice is given to such  Permitted  Mortgagee  in the  manner  herein  provided.
Concurrently with Tenant,  the holder of a Permitted Mortgage will have the same
period,  if any, after receipt of the aforesaid  notice to remedy the default or
cause the same to be remedied plus twenty (20) additional days  thereafter,  and
Landlord agrees to accept  performance by the holder of a Permitted  Mortgage as
though  the same had been  done or  performed  by  Tenant.  Notwithstanding  the
foregoing,  if Landlord elects to obtain insurance  pursuant to Section 5.7, the
additional  grace  period for  Permitted  Mortgagees  set forth  above  shall be
reduced from twenty (20) days to ten (10) days.

         Section  17.10.  Right to Cure.  Any  provision  hereof to the contrary
notwithstanding, Landlord will not terminate this Lease by reason of any default
without  first giving to each  Permitted  Mortgagee a period of ninety (90) days
after  the  occurrence  of such a  default  within  which  either  (i) to obtain
possession of the Premises  (including  possession by a receiver) and thereafter
to cure such default,  or (ii) to commence  foreclosure  proceedings in order to
acquire  Tenant's  interest under this Lease and thereafter  prosecutes the same
with diligence and without  unreasonable delay or substantial  interruption.  If
the holder of a Permitted  Mortgage is prohibited from commencing or prosecuting
foreclosure  or other  appropriate  proceedings  in the  nature  thereof  by any
process  or  injunction  issued by any  court or by reason of any  action by any
court having jurisdiction of any bankruptcy or insolvency  proceeding  involving
Tenant, the ninety (90) day period set forth above for commencing or prosecuting
foreclosure  or  other  proceedings  shall be  extended  for the  period  of the
prohibition.  Nothing herein shall preclude  Landlord from  exercising any other
rights or remedies under this Lease with respect to any default by Tenant during
any period of such forbearance.  Upon a Permitted  Mortgagee of Record acquiring
title or possession of the Premises, as provided above, such Permitted Mortgagee
of Record shall thereafter 
                                       39
<PAGE>
proceed to cure any then existing  defaults under this Lease,  subject to and in
the manner set forth in Section 17.11 below.

         Section 17.11.  Conditions of Cure. The provisions of Section 17.10 are
subject to the conditions that, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of any
notice pursuant to Section 17.10, the holder of a Permitted Mortgage shall:

                  A.  Notify  Landlord  of its  election  to  proceed  with  due
diligence  promptly to acquire  possession  of the Premises or to foreclose  the
Permitted  Mortgage or otherwise to extinguish  Tenant's interest in this Lease;
and

                  B. Deliver to Landlord an  instrument in writing duly executed
and acknowledged wherein such Mortgagee agrees that:

          (1) During the period that such  Mortgagee  shall be in  possession of
the Premises and so long as it remains in  possession it will pay or cause to be
promptly  paid to  Landlord  all  Minimum  Rent  and  Impositions  that are then
currently due or that may, from time to time, become due hereunder; and

          (2) If such Mortgagee shall obtain possession of the Premises, whether
voluntarily or pursuant to any foreclosure or other proceedings,  such Mortgagee
shall, promptly following delivery of possession,  perform all the covenants and
agreements  herein  contained on Tenant's  part to be performed and also pay all
past due Minimum  Rent and  Impositions  to the extent  that  Tenant  shall have
failed to pay the same to the date of delivery of possession.

         Section  17.12.  New  Lease  with  Mortgagee.   In  the  event  of  the
termination of this Lease prior to its stated  expiration date,  Landlord agrees
that it will give the holder of the First Permitted Mortgage of Record notice of
such  termination  and will  enter  into a new lease of the  Premises  with such
Mortgagee or, at the request of such Mortgagee,  with its assignee,  designee or
nominee for the  remainder  of the Lease Term,  effective as of the date of such
termination,  upon all of the same covenants,  agreements, terms, provisions and
limitations as are herein  contained,  if and only if (i) such  Mortgagee  makes
written  request  upon  Landlord for such new lease within sixty (60) days after
the  Landlord  gives notice that this Lease has been  terminated,  and (ii) such
Mortgagee pays or causes to be paid to Landlord at the time of the execution and
delivery of such new lease any and all Minimum Rent and Impositions  which would
at the time of the  execution  and delivery  thereof be due under this Lease but
for  such  termination  and  pays or  causes  to be paid  any and all  expenses,
including  reasonable  attorneys' fees, court costs, and costs and disbursements
incurred by Landlord in connection  with any such  termination and in connection
with the execution and delivery of such new lease,  less the net income from the
Premises collected by Landlord subsequent to the date of the termination of this
Lease and prior to the execution and delivery of such new lease.  The provisions
of this Section shall survive the  
                                       40
<PAGE>
termination of this Lease and shall continue in full force and effect thereafter
to the same extent as if this Section were a separate and  independent  contract
between Landlord and the holder of the First Permitted Mortgage of Record.

         Section 17.13. Priority of New Lease.  Notwithstanding  anything to the
contrary  express or implied in this Lease,  any new lease made  pursuant to the
preceding Section shall have the same priority as this Lease with respect to any
mortgage, deed of trust, or other lien, charge, or encumbrance on the fee of the
Premises,  and any Sublease  under this Lease shall be a Sublease  under the new
lease (except to the extent the Mortgagee's foreclosure,  if any, has eliminated
such Sublease and the Mortgagee does not require or permit attornment) and shall
not be deemed to have been terminated by the termination of this Lease.

         Section  17.14.  Assignment  of  Subleases.  Tenant  hereby  assigns to
Landlord,  effective upon the occurrence of any Event of Default hereunder,  and
so long  as  such  Default  remains  uncured,  as  collateral  security  for the
performance of all obligations of Tenant under this Lease,  any Sublease created
by Tenant and each and every amendment, modification or extension thereof. In no
event shall such  assignment  impose upon  Landlord  any duty or  obligation  to
perform any of the  obligations  of Tenant as landlord  under any such Sublease,
subject to Section 17.2. After default by Tenant, Landlord may collect the rents
and  other  payments  from  any and all  Subtenants  and  apply  the net  amount
collected  to the rent and other sums  payable  hereunder,  and may  enforce the
provisions of any such Sublease directly against the Subtenant thereunder in the
name  of  Landlord  or of  Tenant  but  for  Landlord's  sole  benefit.  No such
collection  or  enforcement  by  Landlord  will be  deemed to be a waiver of any
agreement,  term,  covenant  or  condition  of this  Lease  by  Landlord  or the
acceptance by Landlord of any Subtenant. The assignment in this Section shall be
subordinate  to any assignment of rents to a Permitted  Mortgagee.  Although the
provisions   of  the   immediately   preceding   sentence  are  intended  to  be
self-operative, Landlord shall execute, have acknowledged and shall deliver such
instruments  of  subordination  respecting  said  assignment  of  rents  as  any
Permitted  Mortgagee may reasonably  require.  Once such default has been cured,
Tenant  thereafter  shall  have the  right to  collect  future  rents  and other
payments from any and all Subtenants and otherwise enforce the provisions of the
Sublease.

         Section  17.15.  Grace Period.  Unless and until  Landlord has received
notice  from the  holder of the First  Permitted  Mortgage  of Record  that such
holder  elects not to demand a new lease as provided  in Section  17.12 or until
the sixty (60) day period  therefor  has expired,  Landlord  shall not cancel or
agree to the  termination  or surrender of any existing  Subleases or enter into
any new leases or  subleases  with  respect to the  Premises  without  the prior
written consent of the holder of the First Permitted Mortgage of Record.

         Section 17.16. Modifications.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained  herein,  so long as there is any  Permitted  Mortgage  of Record,  no
consensual  act or  
                                       41
<PAGE>
agreement  between or on the part of  Landlord  or Tenant to cancel,  terminate,
surrender, or modify this Lease or Tenant's right to possession shall be binding
upon or  effective  against a Permitted  Mortgagee  of Record  without its prior
written consent.

         Section 17.17.  Initial  Assignment.  Tenant has informed Landlord that
concurrently  with (or shortly  following)  the  execution  and delivery of this
Lease,  Tenant  intends to assign  this Lease and its rights  hereunder  to R&K,
subject to and in  accordance  with the terms,  covenants  and  provisions of an
Addendum to Escrow Instructions and Agreement to Purchase and Sell Improved Real
Property  (the  "Initial  Assignment").  Throughout  the  term  of  the  Initial
Assignment, the obligations of R&K shall be guaranteed by the Chamberlain Family
Trust  dated  September  21, 1979  pursuant  to a  Guarantee  of Lease in a form
reasonably  acceptable  to  Landlord.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary
contained in Section 17.4,  Section 17.16,  or any other  contrary  provision of
this Lease,  the Initial  Assignment  shall not relieve the Tenant  named in the
first  paragraph of this Lease of its  agreements,  liabilities,  covenants  and
obligations  hereunder  during the period that R&K holds the  Tenant's  interest
hereunder;  provided,  however, R&K shall be released from any future obligation
or liability arising under this Lease following the acquisition of the Buildings
and Landscaping by Tenant and the re-assignment of this Lease by R&K back to the
Tenant named in the first paragraph of this Lease, it being  understood that the
reassignment  of  this  Lease  by R&K  back to the  Tenant  named  in the  first
paragraph of this Lease shall not operate to release R&K or any  guarantor  from
any obligation or liability incurred during the term of the Initial Assignment.


                                   ARTICLE 18
                                   ----------

                                DEFAULT BY TENANT
                                -----------------

         Section  18.1.  Events  of  Default.  The  happening  of any one of the
following  events  (herein  called  "Events of Default")  shall be  considered a
material breach and default by Tenant under this Lease.

         A.  Rent  Payment.  If  default  shall be made in the due and  punctual
payment  of any rent or sums  required  to be paid by  Tenant  hereunder  within
twenty (20) days after notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant; or

         B.  Continuing  Default.  If  default  shall be made by  Tenant  in the
performance  of or  compliance  with any of the  covenants,  agreements,  terms,
limitations  or conditions  hereof other than those referred to in the foregoing
subsection A, and such default  shall  continue for a period of thirty (30) days
after written notice thereof from Landlord to Tenant (provided, however, that if
Tenant  proceeds with due  diligence  during such thirty (30) day period to cure
such default and is unable by reason of the nature of the work  involved to cure
the same within such period, but such default is reasonably susceptible of 
                                       42
<PAGE>
being
cured by Tenant, such period shall be extended by the time reasonably  necessary
to cure the same, as reasonably determined by Landlord).

         Section 18.2.  Notice and  Termination.  Upon the  occurrence of one or
more of the Events of Default  listed in Section 18.1,  subject to the rights of
any Permitted  Mortgagees,  the terms and  provisions of Sections 17.7 to 17.16,
inclusive, above, and the expiration of any cure, grace or other time period set
forth herein which are conditions  precedent to Landlord's right of termination,
then Landlord at any time thereafter  unless and until such Event of Default has
been cured may give written notice ("Second  Notice") to Tenant  specifying such
Event(s) of Default and stating  that this Lease shall  expire and  terminate on
the date specified in such Second  Notice,  which shall be at least fifteen (15)
days after the giving of such Second Notice, and upon the date specified in such
Second  Notice,  subject to the  provisions  of Article  17,  this Lease and all
rights of Tenant herein under shall terminate, cease and be null and void.

         Section 18.3. No Implied Waivers. No failure by Landlord to insist upon
the strict performance of any covenant,  agreement,  term or condition hereof or
to  exercise  any  right  or  remedy  consequent  upon a breach  hereof,  and no
acceptance  of full or partial rent during the  continuance  of any such breach,
shall  constitute  a waiver of any such breach or of such  covenant,  agreement,
term or  condition.  No  covenant,  agreement,  term or  condition  hereof to be
performed or complied with by Landlord or Tenant,  and no breach thereof,  shall
be waived,  altered or modified,  except by a written instrument executed by the
party to be charged  therewith.  No waiver of any breach  shall  affect or alter
this  Lease,  but each and  every  covenant,  agreement,  term,  limitation  and
condition  hereof  shall  continue in full force and effect with  respect to any
other then existing or subsequent breach hereof.

         Section 18.4. Remedies Cumulative. In the event of any breach by Tenant
of any of the covenants,  agreements,  terms or conditions hereof,  Landlord, in
addition  to any and all other  rights,  shall be entitled to enjoin such breach
and shall  have the right to invoke  any right and  remedy  allowed at law or in
equity or by statute or otherwise  for such breach as though  re-entry,  summary
proceedings,  and other  remedies  were not provided  for in this Lease.  In the
event of  Tenant's  failure to pay rent or any other sums  within  five (5) days
after the date when due hereunder (without regard to any notice or grace periods
set forth in Section 18.1),  then Tenant shall pay Landlord interest on any such
overdue  payments and associated late charges at a per annum interest rate equal
to four  percent  (4%) over the prime  rate then  published  in the Wall  Street
Journal or a  reasonably  equivalent  rate  selected by Landlord  (e.g.,  if the
"prime rate" is 4%, the rate  hereunder  shall be 4% higher;  in other words 8%)
but in no event an amount  greater  than  permitted  by law,  in addition to any
other right or remedy of Landlord  resulting  from any such breach or default by
Tenant.

         Section 18.5. Late Charge. In the event that any payment required to be
made by Tenant to Landlord under the terms of this Lease is not received  within
five (5) days after 
                                       43
<PAGE>
the due date thereof (without regard to any notice or grace periods set forth in
Section  18.1), a late charge shall without  notice become  immediately  due and
payable  in an  amount  equal to two and  one-half  percent  (2.5%)  of the late
payment or $500.00,  whichever is greater.  The late charge shall be in addition
to the interest charges pursuant to Section 18.4.

                                   ARTICLE 19
                                   ----------

                                SAVING PROVISION
                                ----------------

         If any term or  provision  hereof  or the  application  thereof  to any
person or circumstances  shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable,  the
remainder of this Lease, or the application of such term or provision to persons
or  circumstances   other  than  those  as  to  which  it  is  held  invalid  or
unenforceable, shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision hereof
shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.


                                   ARTICLE 20
                                   ----------

                                     NOTICES
                                     -------

         Section 20.1.  Notices.  Any notice,  request,  demand,  statement,  or
consent  herein  required or  permitted to be given by either party to the other
hereunder  shall be in  writing  signed by or on behalf of the party  giving the
notice and addressed to the other at the address as set forth below:

                  Landlord                  Papago Park Center, Inc.
                                            Post Office Box 52025
                                            Phoenix, AZ  85012
                                            Attn:  Development Manager

                  Tenant                    Three-Five Systems, Inc.
                                            Attn:  Mr. Thomas Schoenbeck
                                            10230 South 50th Place
                                            Phoenix, AZ  85044

                  with a copy to:           David L. Lansky, Esq.
                                            O'Connor Cavanagh
                                            One East Camelback Road
                                            Suite 1100
                                            Phoenix, AZ  85016
                                       44
<PAGE>
         Each party may by notice in writing  change its address for the purpose
of this Lease,  which  address  shall  thereafter be used in place of the former
address. Each notice, demand, request, or communication which shall be mailed to
any of the aforesaid shall be deemed sufficiently given, served, or sent for all
purposes  hereunder  two (2)  business  days  after it shall be mailed by United
States  registered or certified  mail,  postage  prepaid,  in any post office or
branch post office regularly maintained by the United States Government.


         Section  20.2.  Notice to Permitted  Mortgagees  of Record Only.  When,
under the terms of this Lease,  any notice is required or  permitted to be given
to a Permitted  Mortgagee,  it is the  intention of the parties that such notice
shall be required to be given only to Permitted  Mortgagee(s) of Record who have
provided Landlord with a current notice address. This provision takes precedence
over any other  provisions  of this  Lease that  might  impose a greater  notice
requirement upon Landlord.


                                   ARTICLE 21
                                   ----------

                                 QUIET ENJOYMENT
                                 ---------------

         Section 21.1. Quiet Enjoyment. Subject to all of the conditions, terms,
and provisions  contained in this Lease,  Landlord  covenants that Tenant,  upon
paying the rent and other sums when due  hereunder and observing and keeping all
terms, covenants,  agreements,  limitations and conditions hereof on the part of
Tenant  to be kept,  shall  have and may  quietly  enjoy the  possession  of the
Premises during the term hereof,  without  hindrance or molestation by Landlord,
and Landlord shall not  affirmatively  authorize any hindrance or molestation of
Tenant by others.


                                   ARTICLE 22
                                   ----------

                                    ESTOPPEL
                                    --------


         Section 22.1. Estoppel Certificates.  Landlord may request of Tenant or
any Subtenant,  and Tenant may request of Landlord, at any time and from time to
time a certificate addressed to Landlord or Tenant, as applicable, or any Person
designated  by  Landlord or Tenant,  as  applicable,  as having any  interest or
proposed interest in the Premises or any portion thereof evidencing whether:

         A. The Lease is in full force and effect;

         B. The  Lease  has not been  modified  or  amended  in any  respect  or
describing such modifications or amendments, if any;
                                       45
<PAGE>
         C. There are no existing  defaults  under the Lease to the knowledge of
the party  executing the  certificate or specifying the nature of such defaults,
if any; and

         D. Such other factual matters  pertaining to the Lease and the Premises
as may be reasonably requested.

Any such  requested  certificate  shall be  delivered,  without  charge,  to the
requesting  party within  fourteen  (14) days after the request has been made in
writing.


                                   ARTICLE 23
                                   ----------

                                    CONSENTS
                                    --------

         Section  23.1.  Parties and Notice.  Whenever  any  consent,  approval,
election or similar action is required  under this Lease,  the same shall not be
effective  unless it is in writing  and  delivered  to all parties in the manner
hereinabove provided for the giving of notices.

         Section 23.2. No  Unreasonable  Withholding or Delay.  Wherever in this
Lease the consent or approval of any party is required, such consent or approval
shall  not  be  unreasonably  withheld  nor  delayed,   except  where  otherwise
specifically provided.


                                   ARTICLE 24
                                   ----------

                              ADJOINING EXCAVATION
                              --------------------

         Section  24.1.  Entry and  Repairs.  Tenant  shall  allow  any  person,
municipality  or agency  authorized by law and desiring to excavate upon land or
streets  adjacent to the  Premises to enter the  Premises and shore up any walls
during such  excavation to the extent  required.  Tenant shall,  at Tenant's own
expense,  repair or cause to be repaired,  any damage  caused to any part of the
Premises because of any excavation, construction work or other work of a similar
nature which may be done on any property or street  adjoining or adjacent to the
Premises, and Landlord hereby assigns to Tenant any and all rights to sue for or
recover  against any  parties  causing  such  damages,  the amounts  expended or
incurred by Tenant because of the provisions  hereof  requiring Tenant to repair
any damages sustained by such excavation work or other work.
                                       46
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 25
                                   ----------

                             LIMITATION ON RECOURSE
                             ----------------------

         In the event of a  material  breach and  default  by Tenant  under this
Lease, after Landlord regains  possession of the Premises,  Tenant shall have no
personal  liability for the payment of future Minimum Rent or Additional Rent or
other  obligations  accruing after Landlord regains  possession of the Premises.
The foregoing  limitation on Landlord's recourse shall not apply,  however,  and
Tenant shall have full, personal and continuing liability, for:

         (1)      Claims  arising out of failure prior to Tenant's  surrender of
                  the Premises to pay Impositions,  taxes, assessments, labor or
                  material  charges,  or other  charges  that can  create  liens
                  against the Premises;

         (2)      Claims  arising  out of waste of the  Premises  or any portion
                  thereof occurring prior to Tenant's surrender of the Premises;

         (3)      Claims  arising  out of  failure  to  comply  with  any  Legal
                  Requirement or any requirement of the  Declaration  related to
                  the  Premises  occurring  prior to Tenant's  surrender  of the
                  Premises;

         (4)      Claims arising out of any use, generation, storage or disposal
                  by Tenant  or any  Person  responsible  by,  through  or under
                  Tenant, of hazardous materials,  hazardous  substances,  toxic
                  substances,    or   other   regulated    substances    causing
                  environmental damage or liability;

         (5)      Claims  arising  out  of  or  related  to  Tenant's  indemnity
                  obligations under Article 13 hereof; and

         (6)      Claims  arising  out of  Tenant's  failure to comply  with the
                  provisions of Section 14.3.


                                   ARTICLE 26
                                   ----------

                    EASEMENTS, DEDICATIONS AND OTHER MATTERS
                    ----------------------------------------

         At the  request of  Tenant,  when  Tenant is not in  default  hereunder
(notice thereof having been given and any applicable cure period having expired,
where notice and/or grace is required hereunder), Landlord shall make reasonable
dedications  to public use of roads,  alleys or easements and convey any portion
so dedicated to the  appropriate  governmental  authority,  join in granting any
reasonable  easements  requested  by Tenant for the  Premises,  
                                       47
<PAGE>
and  execute  and  deliver  (in  recordable  form where  appropriate)  all other
instruments  and perform all other acts  reasonably  necessary or appropriate to
the development,  construction,  razing,  redevelopment or reconstruction of the
Premises;  however, Landlord shall not be required to cooperate in any rezoning.
Landlord's  cooperation  and  consent  to any of the  foregoing  shall be within
Landlord's  reasonable  discretion,  to be  given  or  withheld  after  Tenant's
submission  of written  requests and other  information  reasonably  required by
Landlord.  Landlord's cooperation,  consent and actions under this Article shall
be at no cost to Landlord.  Tenant shall save Landlord  harmless from all costs,
expenses,  claims,  loss or damage by reason of, in connection  with, on account
of, growing out of or resulting from any such cooperation, consent or action.


                                   ARTICLE 27
                                   ----------

                     TRADE FIXTURES, MACHINERY AND EQUIPMENT
                     ---------------------------------------

         Landlord  agrees  that  all  trade  fixtures,   machinery,   equipment,
furniture  or other  personal  property  of  whatever  kind and  nature  kept or
installed  on the Premises by Tenant or  Subtenants  may be removed by Tenant or
Subtenants,  or their agents and employees, in their discretion, at any time and
from time to time  during  the Term or upon  expiration  of this  Lease.  Tenant
agrees that in the event of material damage to the Premises due to such removal,
Tenant will repair or restore the same. Upon request of Tenant or any Subtenant,
Landlord  shall  execute  and  deliver any  reasonable  consent or waiver  forms
submitted by any vendors,  lessors,  chattel  mortgagees or holders or owners of
any trade fixtures, machinery,  equipment,  furniture or other personal property
of any kind and  description  kept or installed on the Premises by Tenant or any
Subtenant, setting forth the fact that Landlord waives, in favor of such vendor,
lessor,  chattel mortgagee,  holder or owner, any lien, claim, interest or other
right therein superior to that of such vendor, lessor, chattel mortgagee,  owner
or holder.  Landlord shall further acknowledge that the property covered by such
consent or waiver forms is personal  property and is not to become a part of the
realty no matter how affixed  thereto and that such property may be removed from
the Premises by the vendor,  lessor,  chattel mortgagee,  owner or holder at any
time upon  default by the  Tenant or  Subtenant,  pursuant  to the terms of such
chattel  mortgage or other  similar  documents,  provided that any damage to the
Premises  due to such  material  removal  will be  repaired  or restored by such
vendor, lessor, chattel mortgagee, owner or holder.


                                   ARTICLE 28
                                   ----------

                     LEASEHOLD MORTGAGEE FURTHER ASSURANCES
                     --------------------------------------

         Landlord  and Tenant  shall  cooperate  in  including  in this Lease by
suitable  amendment  from  time to time any  reasonable  provision  which may be
reasonably requested 
                                       48
<PAGE>
by any proposed  Permitted  Mortgagee for the purposes of (i)  implementing  the
mortgagee-protection  provisions  contained in this Lease,  (ii)  allowing  that
Permitted  Mortgagee  reasonable  means to protect or  preserve  the lien of its
Permitted  Mortgage  upon the  occurrence  of a default  under the terms of this
Lease,  and (iii) confirming the elimination of the ability by Tenant to modify,
terminate or waive this Lease or any of its provisions without the prior written
approval of the Permitted  Mortgagee.  Landlord and Tenant each agree to execute
and deliver (and to  acknowledge,  if  necessary,  for  recording  purposes) any
agreement reasonably necessary to effect any such amendment;  provided, however,
that any such amendment  shall not in any way affect the term or rent under this
Lease nor  otherwise in any material  respect  modify the  provisions  hereof or
adversely affect any rights of Landlord under this Lease. Landlord's cooperation
shall be limited to review and comment on any proposed  amendments  and eventual
approval by Landlord of any such amendments  reasonably  acceptable to Landlord.
Any reasonable  costs and expenses  incurred by Landlord in connection  with its
cooperation under this Article 28 shall be reimbursed by Tenant.


                                   ARTICLE 29
                                   ----------

                                  MISCELLANEOUS
                                  -------------

         Section 29.1. Choice of Law. This Lease shall be construed and enforced
in accordance with the laws of the State of Arizona.

         Section 29.2. Memorandum. Landlord and Tenant agree that at the request
of either,  each will  execute a short form  memorandum  of this Lease in a form
satisfactory  for  recording  in the  Office of the  County  Recorder,  Maricopa
County, Arizona.

         Section 29.3. Entire  Agreement.  This Lease together with the Exhibits
hereto contains the entire agreement  between Landlord and Tenant and supersedes
all prior  negotiations  or  agreements.  Any agreement  hereafter  made between
Landlord and Tenant shall be  ineffective  to change,  modify,  waive,  release,
discharge,  terminate  or effect an  abandonment  of this Lease,  in whole or in
part,  unless such  agreement is in writing and signed by the party against whom
enforcement thereof is sought.

         Section 29.4.  Captions.  The captions of Articles and Sections in this
Lease and its Table of  Contents  are  inserted  only as a  convenience  and for
reference and they in no way define,  limit, or describe the scope of this Lease
or the intent of any  provision  thereof.  References  to  Articles  and Section
numbers are to those in this Lease unless otherwise noted.
                                       49
<PAGE>
         Section 29.5. Execution and Delivery. This Lease shall bind Tenant upon
its  execution  thereof.  Landlord  shall be bound  only after it  executes  and
delivers the Lease to Tenant.

         Section  29.6.  Singular and Plural,  Gender.  If two or more  persons,
firms,  corporations,  or other entities  constitute  either the Landlord or the
Tenant,  the word  "Landlord" or the word  "Tenant"  shall be construed as if it
reads  "Landlords" or "Tenants" and the pronouns "it", "he", and "him" appearing
herein shall be construed to be the singular or plural, masculine,  feminine, or
neuter gender as the context in which it is used shall require.

         Section 29.7.  Multiple Parties.  If at any time Landlord,  Tenant, any
Permitted  Mortgagee  (Landlord,  Tenant  or any  such  Mortgagee  being in this
Section  referred  to as a "party") is other than one  individual,  partnership,
firm,  corporation,  or other entity, the act of, or notice, demand, request, or
other communication from or to, or payment or refund from or to, or signature of
any one of the individuals, partnerships, firms, corporations, or other entities
then  constituting such party with respect to such party's estate or interest in
the  Premises  or this  Lease  shall  bind  all of them as if all of them so had
acted,  or so had given or  received  such  notice,  demand,  request,  or other
communication,  or so had given or received  such  payment or refund,  or so had
signed.

         Section  29.8.  Construction.  This Lease has been fully  negotiated by
both  parties  with the  assistance  of legal  counsel  and  shall be  construed
impartially in light of all pertinent facts and  circumstances  and not narrowly
against any party.

         Section  29.9.  Declaration.  Landlord,  as  the  Declarant  under  the
Declaration,  acknowledges  and agrees that Tenant shall be entitled to exercise
all voting rights  applicable  to the Premises  under the  Declaration  and that
Tenant, by leasing the Premises pursuant to this Lease,  shall be considered the
lessee of the Premises for all purposes  under the  Declaration,  including  any
period  of time  during  which  the  Buildings  are  owned by the City of Tempe,
Arizona, pursuant to the City Lease.

         Section  29.10.  Nondisturbance  - Improvement  District.  Prior to the
execution  of this Lease,  and as a condition  precedent to the  obligations  of
Tenant hereunder,  Landlord shall (i) use reasonable  efforts to cause the Tempe
Improvement  District No. 166 to execute,  have  acknowledged  and  delivered to
Tenant a Nondisturbance and Attornment Agreement in a form reasonably acceptable
to Tenant,  pursuant to which the Tempe Improvement District No. 166 agrees that
notwithstanding  any  default by  Landlord  and/or  the Lessor  under the Master
Ground Lease under the terms and  conditions  of the  agreements  and  documents
secured  by a lien  against  the  Premises,  that  so long  as  there  is not in
existence an Event of Default hereunder,  the Tempe Improvement District No. 166
will honor this Lease and not disturb Tenant's rights hereunder, or (ii) provide
other continuing financial assurances or arrangements  insuring that Tenant, its
successors  and assigns,  its  Permitted  
                                       50
<PAGE>
Mortgagees, future purchasers of the Premises and the Premises shall not be held
financially  responsible for the lien imposed by Tempe Improvement  District No.
166 or, if reasonably  commercially available at a reasonable cost, Lessor under
the Master Ground Lease or Landlord shall obtain title insurance  endorsement(s)
insuring Tenant, its successors and assigns, its Permitted Mortgagees and future
purchasers  of the Premises  against  loss as a result of the  existence of said
lien. If Landlord is unable to deliver the financial  assurances or arrangements
for  such  title   insurance   endorsement(s)   or  is  unable  to  obtain  said
Nondisturbance  and  Attornment  Agreement,  Tenant may either (i) waive  strict
conformance with this Section 29.10 and execute this Lease,  whereupon the other
provisions  of the Lease  shall have full force and  effect,  or (ii)  refuse to
execute  this  Lease,  whereupon  this  Lease  shall have no force or effect and
neither Landlord nor Tenant shall have any liability one to the other.


                                   ARTICLE 30
                                   ----------

                                    INUREMENT
                                    ---------

         Section 30.1.  Covenants  Bind and Inure.  The covenants and agreements
herein  contained shall bind and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and
their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and assigns, except as
otherwise provided herein.
                                       51
<PAGE>
                                   ARTICLE 31
                                   ----------

                                 ATTORNEYS' FEES
                                 ---------------

         Section 31.1.  Prevailing Party to Recover Attorneys' Fees.
In the event of any suit,  arbitration,  or other adversarial proceeding between
the  parties  in any  court  or  other  forum  of  competent  jurisdiction,  the
prevailing party shall be entitled,  in addition to any other remedy, to recover
its reasonable attorneys' fees and costs of such proceeding.

         The parties have caused this instrument to be duly executed the day and
year first above written.

         LANDLORD:

PAPAGO PARK CENTER, INC.,
An Arizona corporation


By /s/ John R. Lassen
   ----------------------------
  Its President
      -------------------------


           TENANT:

THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware corporation



By David R. Buchanan
   ----------------------------
  Its President
      -------------------------
                                       52
<PAGE>
STATE OF ARIZONA                    )
                                    )ss.
County of Maricopa         )

         On this, the 1st day of April,  1994, before me, the undersigned Notary
Public,  personally appeared John R. Lassen, who acknowledged  himself to be the
President of PAPAGO PARK CENTER,  INC.,  an Arizona  corporation,  whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing  instrument,  and acknowledged  that he executed the
same for the purposes therein contained in such capacity.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                            /s/ Terril A. Lonon
                                            -------------------------------
                                            Notary Public

My Commission Expires:                             OFFICIAL SEAL
April 29, 1995                                   TERRILL A. LONON
- ----------------------                    Notary Public - State of Arizona
                                                  MARICOPA COUNTY
STATE OF ARIZONA                    )      My Comm. Expires April 29, 1995
                                    )ss.
County of Maricopa         )

         On this, the 1st day of April,  1994, before me, the undersigned Notary
Public,  personally appeared David R. Buchanan,  who acknowledged  himself to be
the President of THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware corporation, whose name is
subscribed to the foregoing  instrument,  and acknowledged  that he executed the
same for the purposes therein contained in such capacity.

         IN WITNESS WHEREOF, I have hereunto set my hand and official seal.


                                            /s/ Jeanne A. Gargus
                                            -------------------------------
                                            Notary Public

My Commission Expires:

December 12, 1995
- ----------------------
                                       53

                          THIRD MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


         BY THIS  THIRD  MODIFICATION  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),  made  and
entered  into as of the 5th day of August,  1996,  WELLS  FARGO BANK OF ARIZONA,
NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,  formerly known as FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.,
whose address is Post Office Box 29742, Phoenix,  Arizona 85038-9742,  Corporate
Banking Division (hereinafter called "Lender"),  and THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware  corporation,  whose address is 1600 North Desert Drive, Tempe, Arizona
85281-1212  (hereinafter  called  "Borrower"),  in  consideration  of the mutual
covenants  herein  contained  and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  hereby  confirm and
agree as follows:

SECTION 1. RECITALS.

         1.1 Borrower and Lender  entered into a Loan  Agreement  dated July 11,
1994 (the "Loan  Agreement"),  which  provided for a revolving line of credit by
Lender to Borrower in the amount of  $5,000,000.00  (the  "Revolving  Commitment
Amount") upon the terms and conditions  contained therein (the "Revolving Credit
Loan").

         1.2 The Loan was  evidenced by a Revolving  Promissory  Note dated July
11, 1994, executed by Borrower, payable to the order of Lender, in the principal
amount of $5,000,000.00 (the "Revolving Note").  (Hereinafter the Loan Agreement
and the Revolving Note are referred to as the "Loan Documents.")

         1.3 Lender and  Borrower  have  executed  and  delivered  previously  a
Modification  Agreement  dated  as of June 28,  1995  and a Second  Modification
Agreement dated as of ________________ (together, the "Modifications") modifying
the  terms of the Loan  Documents.  Hereinafter,  "Revolving  Note,"  and  "Loan
Agreement" shall mean such documents as modified in the Modifications.

         1.4  Borrower  and Lender  desire to modify the Loan  Documents  as set
forth herein.

         1.5 All undefined  capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning
given them in the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2. REVOLVING NOTE.

         As of the  date  hereof,  prior  to  the  effect  of the  modifications
contained  herein,  the outstanding  principal  balance of the Revolving Note is
$___________.

SECTION 3. LOAN AGREEMENT.

         3.1 The Loan Agreement is hereby amended as follows:

                  (a)  Section 7.4 of the Loan  Agreement  is amended to read as
         follows:
<PAGE>
                           Section  7.4  Declare  or pay any  cash  dividend  or
                  purchase any treasury stock greater than $8,000,000.00.

                  (b)  Section 7.8 of the Loan  Agreement  is amended to read as
         follows:

                           Section 7.8 Permit its  Tangible Net Worth to be: (a)
                  less than  $41,606,000.00 as of September 30, 1996; and (b) on
                  each subsequent  Quarterly End Date, less than  $41,606,000.00
                  plus  fifty  percent  (50%)  of the  aggregate  of  Borrower's
                  positive net income of each subsequent  quarterly period, with
                  no deduction for any quarterly period net loss.

                  (c) Section  7.12 of the Loan  Agreement is amended to read as
         follows:

                           Section 7.12 Permit the ratio of  Borrower's  Current
                  Assets to its  Current  Liabilities  at the end of any  fiscal
                  quarter  to be less than 2.0 to 1.0 with both  Current  Assets
                  and  Current   Liabilities   determined  in  accordance   with
                  generally accepted accounting principles,  except that Current
                  Liabilities  shall include all amounts  outstanding  under the
                  RLC  including  without  limitation  amounts  due and  payable
                  beyond a year.

SECTION 4. OTHER MODIFICATIONS, RATIFICATIONS AND AGREEMENTS.

         4.1 All  references  to the Loan  Agreement in the  Revolving  Note are
hereby amended to refer to the Loan Agreement as hereby amended.

         4.2  Borrower  acknowledges  that  the  indebtedness  evidenced  by the
Revolving Note is just and owing, that the balance thereof is correctly shown in
the  records of Lender as of the date  hereof,  and  Borrower  agrees to pay the
indebtedness  evidenced by the Revolving Note according to the terms thereof, as
herein modified.

         4.3 Borrower  hereby  reaffirms to Lender each of the  representations,
warranties, covenants and agreements of Borrower set forth in the Revolving Note
and the  Loan  Agreement,  with  the  same  force  and  effect  as if each  were
separately stated herein and made as of the date hereof.

         4.4 Borrower hereby ratifies, reaffirms,  acknowledges, and agrees that
the Revolving Note and the Loan  Agreement,  represent  valid,  enforceable  and
collectible  obligations  of  Borrower,  and that there are no existing  claims,
defenses,  personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to
any of these documents or instruments.  In addition,  Borrower hereby  expressly
waives,  releases and absolutely and forever  discharges  Lender and its present
and former shareholders,  directors,  officers,  employees and agents, and their
separate and respective heirs, personal representatives, successors and assigns,
from any and all liabilities,  claims,  demands,  damages,  action and causes of
action,  whether  known or unknown  and  whether  contingent  or  matured,  that
Borrower  may now  have,  
                                       2
<PAGE>
or has had prior to the date hereof, or that may hereafter arise with respect to
acts,  omissions  or events  occurring  prior to the date  hereof  and,  without
limiting the generality of the foregoing, from any and all liabilities,  claims,
demands, damages, actions and causes of action, known or unknown,  contingent or
matured, arising out of, or in any way connected with, the RLC. Borrower further
acknowledges  and represents that no event has occurred and no condition  exists
that,  after notice or lapse of time, or both,  would constitute a default under
this Agreement, the Revolving Note or the Loan Agreement.

         4.5 All terms,  conditions and provisions of the Revolving Note and the
Loan  Agreement  are  continued  in full  force  and  effect  and  shall  remain
unaffected and unchanged  except as specifically  amended hereby.  The Revolving
Note  and the Loan  Agreement,  as  amended  hereby,  are  hereby  ratified  and
reaffirmed by Borrower, and Borrower specifically  acknowledges the validity and
enforceability thereof.

SECTION 5. GENERAL.

         5.1 This  Agreement  in no way acts as a release or  relinquishment  of
those  rights  securing  payment of the RLC.  Such  rights are hereby  ratified,
confirmed, renewed and extended by Borrower in all respects.

         5.2 The modifications contained herein shall not be binding upon Lender
until Lender shall have received all of the following:

                  (a) An  original  of  this  Agreement  fully  executed  by the
         Borrower.

                  (b)  Such  resolutions  or   authorizations   and  such  other
         documents  as Lender may  require  relating to the  existence  and good
         standing of the Borrower and the authority of any person executing this
         Agreement or other documents on behalf of the Borrower.

         5.3 Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional documents and do
such other acts as Lender may reasonably  require to fully  implement the intent
of this Agreement.

         5.4  Borrower  shall  pay all costs and  expenses,  including,  but not
limited  to,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  by  Lender  in  connection
herewith,  whether or not all of the conditions described in Paragraph 5.2 above
are satisfied.  Lender, at its option,  but without any obligation to do so, may
advance funds to pay any such costs and expenses that are the  obligation of the
Borrower,  and all such funds  advanced  shall bear interest at the highest rate
provided in the Revolving Note and shall be due and payable upon demand.

         5.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any
other  instrument  executed  by Borrower  or Lender,  or in any other  action or
conduct  undertaken  by  Borrower  or Lender on or before the date  hereof,  the
agreements,  covenants and provisions contained herein shall constitute the only
evidence of Lender's consent to modify the terms and provisions of the Revolving
Note or the Loan  Agreement.  Accordingly,  no express or implied consent to any
further  modifications  involving any of the matters set forth in this Agreement
or  otherwise  shall be  inferred  or  implied  by  Lender's  execution  of this
Agreement.  Further, Lender's execution of this Agreement shall not constitute a
waiver  (either  express  or  implied)  of  the  requirement  that  any  further
modification  of the RLC or of 
                                       3
<PAGE>
the Revolving  Note or the Loan  Agreement,  shall  require the express  written
approval of Lender;  no such approval (either express or implied) has been given
as of the date hereof.

         5.6 Time is hereby  declared to be of the essence hereof of the RLC, of
the Revolving Note and of the Loan Agreement,  and Lender requires, and Borrower
agrees to, strict performance of each and every covenant,  condition,  provision
and agreement hereof, of the Revolving Note and the Loan Agreement.

         5.7 This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon,  and  shall  inure to the
benefit  of, the  parties  hereto  and their  heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors and assigns.

         5.8 This  Agreement is made for the sole  protection and benefit of the
parties  hereto,  and no other  person or entity  shall have any right of action
hereon.

         5.9 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed  according to the
laws of the State of Arizona.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  these  presents  are  executed  as of  the  date
indicated above.


                                        WELLS FARGO BANK OF ARIZONA, NATIONAL
                                        ASSOCIATION, formerly known as FIRST
                                        INTERSTATE BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.



                                        By:____________________________________
                                        Name:__________________________________
                                        Its:___________________________________

                                                                         LENDER


                                        THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
                                        corporation



                                        By:____________________________________
                                        Name:__________________________________
                                        Its:___________________________________

                                                                       BORROWER
                                       4

                          FOURTH MODIFICATION AGREEMENT


         BY THIS  FOURTH  MODIFICATION  AGREEMENT  (the  "Agreement"),  made and
entered  into as of the 24th day of October,  1996,  WELLS FARGO BANK,  NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION, as successor in interest to FIRST INTERSTATE BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.,
whose address is Post Office Box 29742, Phoenix,  Arizona 85038-9742,  Corporate
Banking Division (hereinafter called "Lender"),  and THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a
Delaware  corporation,  whose address is 1600 North Desert Drive, Tempe, Arizona
85281-1212  (hereinafter  called  "Borrower"),  in  consideration  of the mutual
covenants  herein  contained  and other  good and  valuable  consideration,  the
receipt and  sufficiency  of which is hereby  acknowledged,  hereby  confirm and
agree as follows:

SECTION 1.        RECITALS.

         1.1 Borrower and Lender  entered into a Loan  Agreement  dated July 11,
1994 (the "Loan  Agreement"),  which  provided for a revolving line of credit by
Lender to Borrower in the  subsequently  amended amount of  $15,000,000.00  (the
"RLC Commitment  Amount") upon the terms and conditions  contained  therein (the
"RLC").

         1.2 The RLC is evidenced by a Revolving  Promissory Note dated December
21, 1995, executed by Borrower, payable to the order of Lender, in the principal
amount of $15,000,000.00  (the "RLC Note").  (Hereinafter the Loan Agreement and
the RLC Note are referred to as the "Loan Documents.")

         1.3 Lender and  Borrower  have  executed  and  delivered  previously  a
Modification  Agreement  dated  as of  June  28,  1995,  a  Second  Modification
Agreement dated as of December 22, 1995 and a Third Modification Agreement dated
as of August 5, 1996 (collectively,  the "Modifications") modifying the terms of
the Loan Documents. Hereinafter, "RLC Note" and "Loan Agreement" shall mean such
documents as modified in the Modifications.

         1.4  Borrower  and Lender  desire to modify the Loan  Documents  as set
forth herein.

         1.5 All undefined  capitalized terms used herein shall have the meaning
given them in the Loan Agreement.

SECTION 2.        RLC NOTE.

         As of the  date  hereof,  prior  to  the  effect  of the  modifications
contained herein, the outstanding principal balance of the RLC Note is $0.
                                       -1-
<PAGE>
SECTION 3.        LOAN AGREEMENT.

         3.1 The following  definitions in Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement are
amended to read as follows:

                  "Advance" means either an RLC Advance or a Term Advance.

                  "Convert,"  "Conversion"  and  "Converted"  each  refers  to a
         conversion of an Advance of one Type into an Advance of another Type.

                  "Eurodollar  Reserve  Percentage"  for the Interest Period for
         each LIBOR Rate Advance means the reserve percentage applicable two (2)
         Business  Days  before  the first  day of such  Interest  Period  under
         regulations  issued from time to time by the Board of  Governors of the
         Federal  Reserve System (or any successor) for  determining the maximum
         reserve  requirement  (including,  but not limited  to, any  emergency,
         supplemental,  or other marginal reserve requirement) for a member Bank
         of  the  Federal  Reserve  System  in San  Francisco  with  respect  to
         liabilities   or  assets   consisting  of  or  including   Eurocurrency
         Liabilities (or with respect to any other category of liabilities which
         includes deposits by reference to which the interest rate on LIBOR Rate
         Advances is determined) having a term equal to such Interest Period.

                  "Financial   Covenants"   means  those   financial   covenants
         specified in Sections 7.8 through 7.13.

                  "Interest  Period"  means,  for each LIBOR Rate  Advance,  the
         period commencing on the date of such LIBOR Rate Advance or the date of
         the Conversion of any Advance into such a LIBOR Rate Advance and ending
         on the last day of the period selected by the Borrower  pursuant to the
         provisions herein and, thereafter, each subsequent period commencing on
         the day after the last day of the immediately preceding Interest Period
         and  ending  on the last day of the  period  selected  by the  Borrower
         pursuant to the provisions herein. With respect to LIBOR Rate Advances,
         the duration of each such  Interest  Period shall be (a) 30, 60, 90, or
         180 days, or (b) as to the Term Loan after the Term  Termination  Date,
         30, 60 or 90 days, as the Borrower may select; provided, however, that:

                           (i) Interest Periods  commencing on the same date for
                  the same Type of Advances shall be of the same duration;

                           (ii)  Whenever  the last day of any  Interest  Period
                  would  otherwise occur on a day other than a Business Day, the
                  last day of such Interest Period shall be extended to occur on
                  the  next  succeeding  Business  Day,  provided  that  if such
                  extension  would cause the last day of such Interest Period to
                  occur in the next following calendar
                                      -2-
<PAGE>
                  month, the last day of such Interest Period shall occur on the
                  next preceding Business Day; and

                           (iii) No  Interest  Period  with  respect  to any RLC
                  Advance  shall  extend  beyond the RLC  Maturity  Date or with
                  respect  to any Term  Advance  shall  extend  beyond  the Term
                  Maturity Date.

                  "LIBOR  Base Rate"  means,  for the  Interest  Period for each
         LIBOR Rate  Advance,  an  interest  rate per annum equal to the rate of
         interest  per  annum  obtained  by  dividing  (i) the rate of  interest
         determined by Lender,  based on Telerate  System  reports or such other
         source selected by Lender, to be the "London Interbank Offered Rate" at
         which  deposits  in U.S.  dollars are offered by major banks in London,
         England,  two (2) Business  Days before the first day of such  Interest
         Period by (ii) a percentage  equal to one hundred  percent (100%) minus
         the Eurodollar Reserve Percentage for the period equal to such Interest
         Period.

         3.2 Section 2.1 of the Loan Agreement is amended by the addition of the
following definitions:

                  "Fixed Rate" means an interest rate per annum equal to two and
         one-half percent (2.5%) in excess of the Treasury Rate.

                  "LIBOR Rate Advance"  means either a LIBOR Rate RLC Advance or
         a LIBOR Rate Term Advance.

                  "LIBOR  Rate Term  Advance"  means a Term  Advance  that bears
         interest at the applicable Term LIBOR Rate.

                  "Loans," each a "Loan," means the RLC and the Term Loan.

                  "Notes," each a "Note," means the RLC Note and the Term Note.

                  "Notice of Term Advance":  See Section 3A.3(b).

                  "Obligations"  means all  obligations  of Borrower  under this
         Agreement,  the Notes,  the Security  Agreement and any other documents
         delivered by Borrower to Lender with respect to the Loans.

                  "Prime  Rate Term  Advance"  means a Term  Advance  that bears
         interest at the Prime Rate.

                  "Security Agreement":  See Section 3A.9(a).

                  "Term  Advance"  means prior to the Term  Termination  Date an
         advance  by Lender to the  Borrower  under  the Term Loan  pursuant  to
         Section  3A.3 and  includes a Prime  Rate Term  Advance or a LIBOR Rate
         Term  Advance  (each of which shall be a "Type" of Term
                                      -3-
<PAGE>
         Advance), and after the Term Termination Date, it means the Term Loan.

                  "Term Commitment Amount" means $5,000,000.00.

                  "Term LIBOR  Rate"  means an interest  rate per annum equal to
         two and  one-quarter  percent (2.25%) in excess of the LIBOR Base Rate,
         rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest 1/16 of 1%.

                  "Term  Loan" means that Loan  evidenced  by the Term Note made
         pursuant to Section 3A.1 hereof by Lender to Borrower.

                  "Term Maturity Date" means October 24, 2000.

                  "Term Note" means that Promissory Note dated as of October 24,
         1996 in the face  amount  equal to the Term  Commitment  Amount made by
         Borrower payable to the order of Lender,  evidencing the Term Loan, and
         extensions, modifications and renewals thereof.

                  "Term Payment Date" means:

                           (a) As to each Prime Rate Term Advance,  the last day
                  of each month;

                           (b) As to each LIBOR Rate Term  Advance,  the earlier
                  of the last day of the Interest Period or the ninetieth (90th)
                  day after the beginning of the Interest Period; and

                           (c) As to the Term Loan should it accrue  interest at
                  the Fixed Rate, the Quarterly End Date.

                  "Term Termination Date" means October 24, 1997.

                  "Treasury  Rate" means the yield in percent per annum as shown
         for three (3) year United States  Treasury  constant  maturities on the
         Federal Reserve statistical release H.15 (519) for the most recent week
         prior to the Term Termination Date.

         3.3 The Loan  Agreement  is amended by the  addition  of the  following
Article 3A:

                                   ARTICLE 3A
                                   ----------

                                    TERM LOAN
                                    ---------

                  Section 3A.1 Term Commitment Amount. Subject to the conditions
         set forth herein,  Lender,  from time to time, shall make Term Advances
         as  Borrower  may  request,  as  provided  below,   provided  that  the
         outstanding  principal  balance  shall not exceed  the Term  Commitment
                                      -4-
<PAGE>
         Amount.  Until the Term Termination Date, the Term Loan shall be a line
         of  credit,  against  which  Term  Advances  may be made  to  Borrower,
         provided  that (i)  Borrower is not in default  under any  provision of
         this Agreement, and (ii) no Term Advance shall be made that would cause
         the outstanding  principal  balance of the Term Loan to exceed the Term
         Commitment  Amount. The Term Loan is not a revolving line of credit and
         once a Term Advance is disbursed  and repaid,  it may not be reborrowed
         again. On and after the Term Termination Date, no further Term Advances
         shall be made to Borrower under the Term Loan.

                  Section  3A.2 Term Note.  The Term Loan shall be  evidenced by
         the Term Note, in the form approved by Lender,  payable to the order of
         Lender upon the terms and conditions therein contained.

                  Section 3A.3 Term Advances.

                           (a) Unless otherwise specifically approved in writing
                  by Lender, the proceeds of the Term Loan shall be used only to
                  purchase treasury stock or, so long as the aggregate amount of
                  Term  Advances  shall  not  exceed  the  aggregate  amount  of
                  Borrower's  purchase of treasury stock, to reimburse  Borrower
                  for prior purchases of treasury stock.

                           (b) Lender  may from time to time make Term  Advances
                  in such sums as Borrower shall request. Each such Term Advance
                  shall be in the minimum amount of $100,000.00.

                           (c) The Borrower shall give Lender written notice, or
                  telephonic  notice  confirmed  immediately in writing,  of the
                  request  for any Term  Advances  under this  Agreement,  which
                  notice  (the  "Notice of Term  Advance")  shall be received by
                  Lender not later than 11:00 A.M. (Phoenix, Arizona local time)
                  on the same  Business Day in the case of a Prime Rate Advance,
                  and in the case of a LIBOR  Rate Term  Advance  not later than
                  2:00 p.m. (Phoenix, Arizona local time) on the second Business
                  Day before the date of the proposed  Term  Advance.  Each such
                  Notice  of Term  Advance  shall  specify:  (i) the date of the
                  proposed Term  Advance,  (ii) the amount of such Term Advance,
                  (iii)  the  Type of Term  Advance,  and  (iv) in the case of a
                  LIBOR Rate Term Advance,  the Interest Period.  Each Notice of
                  Term Advance shall be irrevocable and binding on the
                                      -5-
<PAGE>
                  Borrower. Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding,  no
                  LIBOR Rate Term Advance shall be less than $50,000.00.

                           (d) In the case of any Term Advance which the related
                  Notice of Term Advance specifies that it is to be a LIBOR Rate
                  Term Advance,  the Borrower shall  indemnify  Lender on demand
                  for, from, and against any loss or expense  incurred by Lender
                  as a result of any failure by Borrower to fulfill on or before
                  the date  specified  in such  Notice of Term  Advance for such
                  Term Advance the  applicable  conditions  set forth in Section
                  4.2, including, without limitation, any loss, including, other
                  losses,  costs,  and expenses  incurred by Lender by reason of
                  liquidation  or   reemployment  of  deposits  or  other  funds
                  acquired  by Lender to fund the LIBOR Rate Term  Advance to be
                  made by Lender when such LIBOR Rate Term Advance,  as a result
                  of such failure, is not made on such date.

                  Section 3A.4 Conversion of Term Advances.

                           (a) The  Borrower  may,  upon  written  notice to and
                  received by the Lender (i) not later than 2:00 p.m.  (Phoenix,
                  Arizona  local  time) on the  second  Business  Day before the
                  requested  Conversion,  in the case of any Conversion of Prime
                  Rate Term Advances into LIBOR Rate Term Advances, and (ii) not
                  later than 11:00 A.M.  (Phoenix,  Arizona  local  time) on the
                  same  Business  Day as the  Conversion,  in  the  case  of any
                  Conversion  of LIBOR Rate Term  Advances  into Prime Rate Term
                  Advances,  subject to the  provisions  of this  Section  3A.4,
                  Convert any Term  Advances  of one Type into Term  Advances of
                  another Type; provided,  however, that any Conversion of LIBOR
                  Rate  Term  Advances  made on other  than the last day of said
                  Term  Advances's   Interest  Period  shall  be  made  only  on
                  condition   that  Borrower  pays  all  amounts   specified  in
                  connection therewith in Section 3A.8(e). Each such notice of a
                  Conversion  shall be irrevocable  and binding on the Borrower.
                  Each  such   notice  of  a   Conversion   shall,   within  the
                  restrictions  specified  above,  specify  (w) the date of such
                  Conversion (x) the Term Advances to be Converted, (y) the Type
                  of Term  Advances  into  which  the  Term  Advances  are to be
                  Converted, 
                                       -6-
<PAGE>
                  and (z) if such  Conversion is into LIBOR Rate Term  Advances,
                  the  duration  of the  Interest  Period  for  each  such  Term
                  Advance.

                           (b) If the  Borrower  should  fail to give the Lender
                  any notice of Conversion  upon the termination of the Interest
                  Period for a LIBOR Rate Term Advance,  such Term Advance, upon
                  the termination of the Interest  Period,  shall  automatically
                  become a Prime Rate Term Advance.

                  Section 3A.5 Term Loan Payments.

                           (a) Until the Term Termination Date,  interest on the
                  Term Loan shall  accrue on the  principal  balance of the Term
                  Loan  from  time to time  outstanding  under  the Term Note as
                  follows:

                                    (i) At the Prime  Rate if it is a Prime Rate
                           Term Advance.

                                    (ii) At the applicable Term LIBOR Rate if it
                           is a LIBOR Rate Term Advance.

                           (b) After the Term Termination Date,  interest on the
                  Term Loan shall accrue as follows:

                                    (i) At the Fixed Rate if Borrower shall have
                           elected by written  notice to Lender by no later than
                           11:00 a.m. (Phoenix,  Arizona local time) on the Term
                           Termination  Date that interest  should accrue at the
                           Fixed  Rate,  commencing  the next day,  at the Fixed
                           Rate.  Borrower's right to elect that interest accrue
                           at the  Fixed  Rate  shall  terminate  at 11:00  a.m.
                           (Phoenix, Arizona local time) on the Term Termination
                           Date.

                                    (ii)  Otherwise  at either the Prime Rate or
                           the Term LIBOR Rate as Borrower shall elect from time
                           to time; provided that at any one time after the Term
                           Termination  Date interest shall accrue on the entire
                           Term  Loan at  either  the  Prime  Rate  or the  then
                           applicable Term LIBOR 
                                      -7-
<PAGE>
                           Rate based on a single Interest Period.

                           (c) All accrued  interest shall be due and payable on
                  the Term Payment Date.

                           (d) Principal payments shall be made in equal amounts
                  on each Quarterly End Date  commencing on the first  Quarterly
                  End Date after the Term Termination Date,  sufficient to fully
                  amortize  the  Term  Loan  balance  outstanding  on  the  Term
                  Termination Date on the Term Maturity Date.

                           (e) The entire  outstanding  principal balance of the
                  Term Note, all accrued and unpaid  interest and all other sums
                  which  may have  become  payable  thereunder  shall be due and
                  payable in full on the Term Maturity Date.

                  Section 3A.6 Term Loan  Prepayments.  Borrower  shall have the
         option to prepay the Term Loan, in full or in part at any time, subject
         to payment of the following:

                           (a) With respect to any LIBOR Rate Term Advance,  all
                  amounts specified in Section 3A.8(a).

                           (b) In the event the Term Loan is  accruing  interest
                  at the Fixed Rate,  an amount  equal to a  prepayment  premium
                  computed as follows:

                                    1% of the outstanding  principal  balance if
                           the  outstanding   principal  balance  is  less  than
                           $50,000.00,  and if the outstanding principal balance
                           is equal to or more than $50,000.00,  an amount equal
                           to [the  present  value of the  remaining  cash flows
                           calculated  with an  interest  rate  assuming  that a
                           Determination  of Taxability had occurred  discounted
                           at the  Treasury  Constant  Yield  (TCY) + 100  basis
                           points]   -   outstanding   principal.   The  TCY  is
                           calculated  as  the  interpolated  constant  maturity
                           Treasury rate with a maturity  matching the remaining
                           average  term of the Term  Note to the Term  Maturity
                           Date.   Rate  data  is  obtained,   at  the  time  of
                           prepayment,  
                                      -8-
<PAGE>
                           from  the most  recent  Federal  Reserve  statistical
                           release H.15 (519).

                  Section 3A.7 Term Loan Commitment Fee.  Borrower agrees to pay
         to Lender an  upfront  commitment  fee equal to 30 basis  points of the
         Term Commitment Amount upon the closing of the Term Loan.

                  Section  3A.8  Additional   Provisions  for  LIBOR  Rate  Term
         Advances.

                  (a)  Unavailability  of Deposits or Inability to Ascertain the
         Rates.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if prior
         to the commencement of any Interest Period,  Lender shall determine (i)
         that United States dollar deposits in the amount of any LIBOR Rate Term
         Advance to be outstanding  during such Interest  Period are not readily
         available to Lender in the London interbank  market,  or (ii) by reason
         of circumstances  affecting the London interbank  market,  adequate and
         reasonable  means do not exist for  ascertaining  the LIBOR  Base Rate,
         then Lender shall  promptly give notice thereof to the Borrower and the
         obligation of Lender to create,  or effect by conversion any LIBOR Rate
         Term  Advance  in  such  amount  and for  such  Interest  Period  shall
         terminate  until United States  dollar  deposits in such amount and for
         the Interest  Period  selected by the  Borrower  shall again be readily
         available  in the market and adequate  and  reasonable  means exist for
         ascertaining the LIBOR Base Rate.

                  (b) Increased  Costs.  (i) If, due to any  Regulatory  Change,
         there  shall be any  increase in the cost to Lender of agreeing to make
         or making,  funding or maintaining LIBOR Rate Term Advances (including,
         without   limitation,   any   increase   in  any   applicable   reserve
         requirement), then the Borrower shall from time to time, upon demand by
         Lender,  pay to Lender such amounts as Lender may reasonably  determine
         to be necessary to compensate  Lender for any additional costs which it
         reasonably  determines are attributable to such Regulatory Change; (ii)
         if Lender  determines (in its reasonable  discretion) that, as a result
         of any Regulatory Change, the amount of capital required or expected to
         be  maintained by Lender is increased by or based upon the existence of
         Lender's commitment to lend hereunder, then, upon demand by Lender, the
         Borrower  shall  immediately  pay to Lender such  amounts as Lender may
         reasonably  determine  to be  necessary  to  compensate  Lender for any
         additional costs which it reasonably determines are attributable to the
         maintenance  by Lender of capital in respect of Lender's  commitment to
         lend  hereunder;  and (iii)  Lender  will  
                                      -9-
<PAGE>
         notify the Borrower of any  Regulatory  Change that will entitle Lender
         to   compensate   pursuant  to  this   paragraph  (b)  as  promptly  as
         practicable,  but in any event  within  90 days  after  Lender  obtains
         knowledge thereof; provided, however, that if Lender fails to give such
         notice  within 90 days after it obtains  knowledge of such a Regulatory
         Change,  Lender shall, with respect to compensation  payable in respect
         of any costs resulting from such Regulatory Change, only be entitled to
         payment  for costs  incurred  from and after the date that  Lender  has
         given  such  notice.  Lender  will  furnish to  Borrower a  certificate
         setting  forth in  reasonable  detail  the basis for the amount of each
         request  by Lender  for  compensation.  Determination  by Lender of the
         amounts  required by  compensate  Lender  shall be made on a reasonable
         basis.  Lender shall be entitled to compensation in connection with any
         Regulatory Change only for costs actually incurred by such Lender. Upon
         receipt of notice of any such Regulatory  Change from Lender,  Borrower
         shall have the option to prepay or Convert any Term Advances  adversely
         affected by any  Regulatory  Change within seven (7) days of receipt of
         such notice,  without the  obligation  to pay to Lender with respect to
         such prepayment or Conversion any amount or amounts  otherwise  payable
         to Lender by Borrower pursuant to Section 3A.8(e).

                  (c)  Illegality.  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this
         Agreement,  if Lender shall  notify the Borrower  that as a result of a
         Regulatory  Change it is unlawful for Lender to perform its obligations
         hereunder to make LIBOR Rate Term Advances or to fund or maintain LIBOR
         Rate Term Advances  hereunder (i) the  obligation of Lender to make, or
         to Convert  Term  Advances  into, a LIBOR Rate Term  Advances  shall be
         suspended  until Lender shall notify  Borrower  that the  circumstances
         causing  such  suspension  no longer  exist and (ii) in the event  such
         Regulatory  Change makes the  maintenance  of LIBOR Rate Term  Advances
         hereunder  unlawful,  the Borrower shall  forthwith  prepay in full all
         LIBOR Rate Term  Advances  then  outstanding,  together  with  interest
         accrued  thereon and all  amounts in  connection  with such  prepayment
         specified  in Section  3A.8(e),  unless the  Borrower,  within five (5)
         Business  Days of notice  from  Lender,  Converts  all LIBOR  Rate Term
         Advances then  outstanding  into Prime Rate Term Advances in accordance
         with  Section  3A.4  and pays  all  amounts  in  connection  with  such
         prepayments specified in Section 3.8(e).

                  (d)   Discretion   of  Lender   as  to   Manner  of   Funding.
         Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, Lender
         shall be entitled to fund and  maintain  
                                      -10-
<PAGE>
         its  funding  of all or any part of any Term  Advance  in any manner it
         sees fit; provided,  however,  that for the purposes of this Agreement,
         all  determinations  hereunder  shall be made as if Lender had actually
         funded and maintained  each LIBOR Rate Term Advance during the Interest
         Period  therefor  through the  purchase  of deposits  having a maturity
         corresponding  to the last day of the  Interest  Period and  bearing an
         interest rate equal to the Term LIBOR Rate for such Interest Period.

                  (e) Funding Loss Indemnification. Borrower shall pay to Lender
         such amount of amounts as shall be  sufficient  to  compensate  for any
         losses (including without limitation loss of anticipated profit), costs
         or expenses which Lender may reasonably incur as a result of payment or
         Conversion  of any  LIBOR  Rate  Term  Advance  other  than on the last
         Business Day of the Interest Period for such Term Advance,  whether due
         to  prepayment,  Conversion,  illegality  (pursuant to Section  3A.8(c)
         above), acceleration of the Term Maturity Date or for any other reason.

                  Section  3A.9  Security.  So long  as the  Term  Loan  remains
         outstanding Borrower agrees as follows:

                           (a) To secure  its  obligations  with  respect to the
                  Term Loan by granting to Lender a security  interest in all of
                  Borrower's  equipment located in the State of Arizona pursuant
                  to a security agreement (the "Security  Agreement")  delivered
                  by Borrower to Lender;

                           (b) Not to create or suffer to be created or to exist
                  any mortgages,  pledges,  security interests,  encumbrances or
                  other liens on its real property  located at 1600 North Desert
                  Drive,  Phoenix,  Arizona  at any time  that in the  aggregate
                  exceed $100,000.00; and

                           (c) To apply  immediately  all proceeds from the sale
                  of any treasury stock to the outstanding  principal balance of
                  the Term Loan.

         3.4 All  references  in  Articles  5,  6,  7,  8, 9 and 10 of the  Loan
Agreement:

                           (a) to "RLC Note" are hereby  amended to read  "Note"
                  or "Notes", as applicable;
                                      -11-
<PAGE>
                           (b) to "RLC" are  hereby  amended  to read  "Loan" or
                  "Loans", as applicable; and

                           (c) to "RLC  Advances"  are  hereby  amended  to read
                  "Advance" or "Advances", as applicable.

         3.5  Section  7.2 of the Loan  Agreement  is hereby  amended to read as
follows:

                  Section  7.2.  Create or suffer to be  created or to exist any
         mortgages,  pledges,  security  interests,  encumbrances or other liens
         that at any time in the aggregate exceed $100,000.00:

                           (a) on its real property; or

                           (b) on its accounts receivable.

         3.6 Section 7.4 of the Loan Agreement is amended to read as follows:

                  Section 7.4 Declare or pay any cash  dividend or purchase  any
         treasury stock greater than $10,000,000.00.

         3.7 The first paragraph of Section 7.8 of the Loan Agreement is amended
to read as follows:

                  Section  7.8  Permit its  Tangible  Net Worth to be as of each
         Quarterly End Date:

                           (a) less than $42,500,000 plus fifty percent (50%) of
                  the  aggregate  of  Borrower's  positive  net  income  of each
                  quarterly  period,  beginning June 30, 1996, with no deduction
                  for any  quarterly  period net loss,  plus (b) any  additional
                  paid-in equity capital.

         3.8 Section  7.10 of the Loan  Agreement  is amended by the addition of
the following:

                  Notwithstanding  anything herein to the contrary, for purposes
         of the calculation of "cash flow",  the inventory  reserve taken in the
         third  fiscal  quarter  of 1996 (the  "1996  Adjustment")  shall not be
         considered in the calculation of net income for the relevant period.

         3.9 Section 7.11 of the Loan Agreement is amended to read as follows:

                  Section 7.11 Permit its annual capital  expenditures to exceed
         the sum of $5,000,000.00.
                                      -12-
<PAGE>
         3.10 Article 7 of the Loan  Agreement is amended by the addition of the
following Section 7.13:

                  Section 7.13 Permit,  in fiscal year 1997 and thereafter,  (i)
         its annual  operating net result to be negative,  or (ii) its operating
         net result to be negative for two or more consecutive  quarterly fiscal
         periods.

         3.11  Section  8.1(h)  of the  Loan  Agreement  is  amended  to read as
follows:

                           (h) The  occurrence of any default under (i) any Note
                  or any document or instrument  given by Borrower in connection
                  with any  other  indebtedness  of  Borrower  to  Lender or any
                  affiliate  thereof  and the  expiration  of any  grace  period
                  provided therein,  or (ii) any other indebtedness in excess of
                  $1,000,000   of  Borrower  to  any  other   creditor  and  the
                  expiration of any grace period provided therein;

         3.12  Exhibit "B" to the Loan  Agreement is amended to read as attached
hereto.

SECTION 4.        OTHER MODIFICATIONS, RATIFICATIONS AND AGREEMENTS.

         4.1 All  references  to the Loan  Agreement  in the RLC Note are hereby
amended to refer to the Loan Agreement as hereby amended.

         4.2 Borrower  acknowledges  that the indebtedness  evidenced by the RLC
Note is just and  owing,  that the  balance  thereof is  correctly  shown in the
records  of  Lender  as of the  date  hereof,  and  Borrower  agrees  to pay the
indebtedness evidenced by the RLC Note according to the terms thereof, as herein
modified.

         4.3 Borrower  hereby  reaffirms to Lender each of the  representations,
warranties,  covenants and  agreements of Borrower set forth in the RLC Note and
the Loan  Agreement,  with the same force and effect as if each were  separately
stated herein and made as of the date hereof.

         4.4 Borrower hereby ratifies, reaffirms,  acknowledges, and agrees that
the  RLC  Note  and  the  Loan  Agreement,   represent  valid,  enforceable  and
collectible  obligations  of  Borrower,  and that there are no existing  claims,
defenses,  personal or otherwise, or rights of setoff whatsoever with respect to
any of these documents or instruments.  In addition,  Borrower hereby  expressly
waives,  releases and absolutely and forever  discharges  Lender and its present
and former shareholders,  directors,  officers,  employees and agents, and their
separate and respective heirs, personal 
                                      -13-
<PAGE>
representatives,  successors and assigns, from any and all liabilities,  claims,
demands,  damages,  action and causes of action,  whether  known or unknown  and
whether  contingent or matured,  that Borrower may now have, or has had prior to
the date hereof, or that may hereafter arise with respect to acts,  omissions or
events  occurring prior to the date hereof and,  without limiting the generality
of the  foregoing,  from  any and all  liabilities,  claims,  demands,  damages,
actions and causes of action, known or unknown,  contingent or matured,  arising
out of, or in any way connected with, the RLC. Borrower further acknowledges and
represents that no event has occurred and no condition exists that, after notice
or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default under this Agreement,  the
RLC Note or the Loan Agreement.

         4.5 All terms,  conditions  and provisions of the RLC Note and the Loan
Agreement are continued in full force and effect and shall remain unaffected and
unchanged  except  as  specifically  amended  hereby.  The RLC Note and the Loan
Agreement,  as amended  hereby,  are hereby ratified and reaffirmed by Borrower,
and Borrower specifically acknowledges the validity and enforceability thereof.

SECTION 5.        GENERAL.

         5.1 This  Agreement  in no way acts as a release or  relinquishment  of
those  rights  securing  payment of the RLC.  Such  rights are hereby  ratified,
confirmed, renewed and extended by Borrower in all respects.

         5.2 The modifications contained herein shall not be binding upon Lender
until Lender shall have received all of the following:

                  (a) An  original  of  this  Agreement  fully  executed  by the
         Borrower.

                  (b)  Such  resolutions  or   authorizations   and  such  other
         documents as Lender may  reasonably  require  relating to the existence
         and good  standing  of the  Borrower  and the  authority  of any person
         executing this Agreement or other documents on behalf of the Borrower.

                  (c) The Security Agreement fully executed by the Borrower.

                  (d) The Term Note fully executed by the Borrower.

                  (e)  A  UCC-1  Financing   Statement  fully  executed  by  the
         Borrower.

                  (f) A  commitment  fee with  respect  to the Term  Loan in the
         amount of $15,000.00.
                                      -14-
<PAGE>
         5.3 Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional documents and do
such other acts as Lender may reasonably  require to fully  implement the intent
of this Agreement.

         5.4  Borrower  shall  pay all costs and  expenses,  including,  but not
limited  to,  reasonable  attorneys'  fees  incurred  by  Lender  in  connection
herewith,  whether or not all of the conditions described in Paragraph 5.2 above
are satisfied.  Lender, at its option,  but without any obligation to do so, may
advance funds to pay any such costs and expenses that are the  obligation of the
Borrower,  and all such funds  advanced  shall bear interest at the highest rate
provided in the RLC Note and shall be due and payable upon demand.

         5.5 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any
other  instrument  executed  by Borrower  or Lender,  or in any other  action or
conduct  undertaken  by  Borrower  or Lender on or before the date  hereof,  the
agreements,  covenants and provisions contained herein shall constitute the only
evidence of Lender's  consent to modify the terms and provisions of the RLC Note
or the Loan Agreement. Accordingly, no express or implied consent to any further
modifications  involving  any of the  matters  set  forth in this  Agreement  or
otherwise shall be inferred or implied by Lender's  execution of this Agreement.
Further,  Lender's  execution of this  Agreement  shall not  constitute a waiver
(either express or implied) of the requirement that any further  modification of
the RLC or of the RLC Note or the Loan  Agreement,  shall  require  the  express
written  approval of Lender;  no such approval  (either  express or implied) has
been given as of the date hereof.

         5.6 Time is hereby  declared to be of the essence hereof of the RLC, of
the RLC Note and of the Loan Agreement, and Lender requires, and Borrower agrees
to, strict  performance  of each and every  covenant,  condition,  provision and
agreement hereof, of the RLC Note and the Loan Agreement.

         5.7 This  Agreement  shall be  binding  upon,  and  shall  inure to the
benefit  of, the  parties  hereto  and their  heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors and assigns.

         5.8 This  Agreement is made for the sole  protection and benefit of the
parties  hereto,  and no other  person or entity  shall have any right of action
hereon.

         5.9 This Agreement shall be governed by and construed  according to the
laws of the State of Arizona.
                                      -15-
<PAGE>
         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  these  presents  are  executed  as of  the  date
indicated above.

                                        WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
                                        ASSOCIATION, as successor in 
                                        interest to FIRST
                                        INTERSTATE BANK OF ARIZONA, N.A.



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                        Name:___________________________________
                                        Its:____________________________________

                                                                         LENDER

                                        THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
                                        corporation



                                        By:_____________________________________
                                        Name:___________________________________
                                        Its:____________________________________

                                                                       BORROWER
                                      -16-

PROMISSORY NOTE


$5,000,000.00                                                   Phoenix, Arizona

                                                                October 24, 1996


         FOR  VALUE  RECEIVED,  the  undersigned  THREE-FIVE  SYSTEMS,  INC.,  a
Delaware  corporation  ("Maker"),  promises  to pay to the order of WELLS  FARGO
BANK, NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION (the "Payee";  Payee and each subsequent  transferee
and/or owner of this Note,  whether  taking by  endorsement  or  otherwise,  are
herein successfully called "Holder") at Post Office Box 29742, Phoenix,  Arizona
85038-9742,  or at such other place as Holder may from time to time designate in
writing, the principal sum of FIVE MILLION AND NO/100 DOLLARS ($5,000,000.00) or
so much  thereof  as Holder  may  advance  to or for the  benefit  of maker plus
interest  calculated  on a daily basis  (based on a 360-day  year) from the date
hereof on the principal  balance from time to time  outstanding  as  hereinafter
provided, principal, interest and all other sums payable hereunder to be paid in
lawful money of the United States of America as follows:

         A.  Until  the Term  Termination  Date,  interest  shall  accrue on the
principal balance hereunder as follows:

                  1. At the Prime Rate if it is a Prime Rate Term Advance.

                  2. At the  applicable  Term  LIBOR  Rate if it is a LIBOR Rate
         Term Advance.

         B. After the Term Termination Date,  interest shall accrue hereunder as
follows:

                  1. At the Fixed Rate if Maker  shall  have  elected by written
         notice to Holder by no later than 11:00 a.m.  (Phoenix,  Arizona  local
         time) on the Term  Termination  Date that interest should accrue at the
         Fixed Rate,  commencing the next day, at the Fixed Rate.  Maker's right
         to elect that  interest  accrue at the Fixed Rate  shall  terminate  at
         11:00 a.m. (Phoenix, Arizona local time) on the Term Termination Date.

                  2.  Otherwise  at either the Prime Rate or the Term LIBOR Rate
         as Maker shall elect from time to time,  provided  that at any one time
         after the Term  Termination  Date  interest  shall accrue on the entire
         Term Loan at either  the Prime Rate or the then  applicable  Term LIBOR
         Rate based on a single Interest Period.

         C. All accrued interest  hereunder shall be due and payable on the Term
Payment Date.

         D. Principal  payments shall be made in equal amounts on each Quarterly
End Date  commencing  the first  Quarterly  End Date after the Term  Termination
Date, sufficient to fully 
                                      -1-
<PAGE>
amortize the balance  outstanding  hereunder on the Term Termination Date on the
Term Maturity Date.

         E. The entire  outstanding  principal balance of this Note, all accrued
and unpaid interest and all other sums which may have become payable  thereunder
shall be due and payable in full on the Term Maturity Date.

         F. The  capitalized  terms used and not otherwise  defined herein shall
have the same meanings as defined in the Loan Agreement.

From the date hereof until the Term Termination  Date, the principal  balance of
this Note  represents  a line of credit all or any part of which may be advanced
by Maker, from time to time, subject to the terms hereof and the conditions,  if
any,  contained in the Loan Agreement,  and provided that the principal  balance
outstanding at any one time shall not exceed the face amount hereof.  Commencing
on the Term  Termination  Date no further  disbursements  shall be made to Maker
under this Note.

         Maker agrees to an effective  rate of interest  that is the rate stated
above plus any additional  rate of interest  resulting from any other charges in
the  nature of  interest  paid or to be paid by or on  behalf  of Maker,  or any
benefit received or to be received by Holder, in connection with this Note.

         If any  payment  required  under this Note is not paid  within five (5)
Business  Days of when due;  then,  at the option of Holder,  Maker  shall pay a
"late  charge"  equal to three  percent  (3%) of the  amount of that  payment to
compensate  Holder for  administrative  expenses  and other costs of  delinquent
payments.  This late charge may be assessed without notice, shall be immediately
due and  payable  and shall be in  addition  to all other  rights  and  remedies
available to Holder.

         All payments on this Note shall be applied  first to the payment of any
costs,  fees or other  charges  incurred  in  connection  with the  indebtedness
evidenced  hereby,  next to the  payment  of  accrued  interest  and then to the
reduction of the principal balance.

         This Note is issued  pursuant to that Loan  Agreement  (as amended from
time to time, the "Loan Agreement") dated as of July 11, 1994, between Maker and
Payee,  and is secured by, among other things,  that Security  Agreement of even
date herewith,  by and between Maker, as debtor and Payee, as secured party (the
"Security Agreement"), encumbering the personal property described therein. Such
Security  Agreement  and  all  other  documents  or  instruments   securing  the
indebtedness  evidenced by this Note or executed or delivered in connection with
this Note are herein called the "Security Documents."

         Time is of the  essence  of this Note.  At the  option of  Holder,  the
entire unpaid principal  balance,  all accrued and unpaid interest and all other
amounts  payable  hereunder  shall become  immediately  due and payable  without
notice  upon the  failure  to pay any sum due and owing  hereunder  as  provided
herein or upon the  occurrence of any event of default under the Loan  Agreement
or any Security Document.

         After  maturity,  including  maturity  upon  acceleration,  the  unpaid
principal balance, all 
                                      -2-
<PAGE>
accrued and unpaid interest and all other amounts  payable  hereunder shall bear
interest  at that  rate that is five  percent  (5%)  above  the rate that  would
otherwise  be  payable  under the terms  hereof.  Maker  shall pay all costs and
expenses,  including reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs, incurred in the
collection or enforcement of all or any part of this Note.  Such court costs and
attorneys' fees shall be set by the court and not by jury,  shall be included in
any judgement obtained by Holder and shall be secured by the Security Documents.

         Maker shall have the option to prepay this Note, in full or in part, at
any time as provided in the Loan Agreement.  All prepayments shall be applied in
the inverse order of maturity.

         Failure of Holder to exercise any option hereunder shall not constitute
a waiver  of the  right to  exercise  the  same in the  event of any  subsequent
default or in the event of continuance of any existing  default after demand for
strict performance hereof.

         Maker and all sureties,  guarantors  and/or endorsers hereof (or of any
obligation   hereunder)  and   accommodation   parties  hereon  (severally  each
hereinafter  called a "Surety")  each:  (a) agree that the liability  under this
Note of all parties hereto is joint and several; (b) severally waive any and all
formalities  in connection  with this Note to the maximum extent allowed by law,
including  (but not limited  to) demand,  diligence,  presentment  for  payment,
protest and  demand,  and notice of  extension,  dishonor,  protest,  demand and
nonpayment  of this Note;  and (c)  consent  that  Holder may extend the time of
payment or otherwise modify the terms of payment of any part or the whole of the
debt  evidenced by this Note, at the request of any other person liable  hereon,
and such  consent  shall not alter nor  diminish  the  liability  of any  person
hereon.

         In addition, each Surety waives and agrees not to assert: (a) any right
to  require  Holder to proceed  against  Maker or any other  Surety,  to proceed
against  or  exhaust  any  security  for the Note,  to pursue  any other  remedy
available to Holder,  or to pursue any remedy in any particular order or manner;
(b) the benefit of any statute of limitations  affecting its liability hereunder
or the enforcement  hereof;  (c) the benefits of any legal or equitable doctrine
or principle of marshalling; (d) notice of the existence,  creation or incurring
of new or additional  indebtedness  of Maker to Holder;  (e) the benefits of any
statutory  provision  limiting  the  liability  of a surety,  including  without
limitation the provisions of Sections  12-1641,  et seq., of the Arizona Revised
Statutes;  and (f) any  defense  arising  by reason of any  disability  or other
defense of Maker or by reason of the cessation from any cause whatsoever  (other
than payment in full) of the  liability of Maker for payment of the Note.  Until
payment in full of the Note, no Surety shall have any right of  subrogation  and
each hereby  waives any right to enforce any remedy which Holder now has, or may
hereafter  have,  against Maker or any other Surety,  and waives any benefit of,
and any right to participate in, any security now or hereafter held by Holder.

         Maker  agrees that to the extent  Maker or any Surety makes any payment
to Holder in connection with the indebtedness evidenced by this Note, and all or
any part of such payment is subsequently invalidated,  declared to be fraudulent
or preferential,  set aside or required to be repaid by Holder or paid over to a
trustee,  receiver or any other  entity,  whether  under any  bankruptcy  act or
otherwise  (any such  payment  is  hereinafter  referred  to as a  "Preferential
Payment"),  then the  indebtedness  of Maker  under this Note shall  continue or
shall be  reinstated,  as the case may be, and, to the extent of such payment or
repayment  by Holder,  the  indebtedness  
                                      -3-
<PAGE>
evidenced  by  this  Note or  part  thereof  intended  to be  satisfied  by such
Preferential  Payment shall be revived and continued in full force and effect as
if said Preferential Payment had not been made.

         Without  limiting the right of Holder to bring any action or proceeding
against  Maker or any Surety or against any  property of Maker or any Surety (an
"Action") arising out of or relating to this Note or any indebtedness  evidenced
hereby  in the  courts of other  jurisdictions,  Maker  and each  Surety  hereby
irrevocably  submit to the jurisdiction,  process and venue of any Arizona State
or Federal court sitting in Phoenix,  Arizona, and hereby irrevocably agree that
any Action may be heard and  determined  in such Arizona  State court or in such
Federal court.  Maker and all Sureties each hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may  effectively  do so, the defenses of lack of  jurisdiction
over any person, inconvenient forum or improper venue, to the maintenance of any
Action in any jurisdiction.

         This Note shall be binding  upon Maker and its  successors  and assigns
and shall  inure to the  benefit of Payee,  and any  subsequent  holders of this
Note, and their successors and assigns.

         All notices required or permitted in connection with this Note shall be
given at the place and in the  manner  provided  in the Loan  Agreement  for the
giving of notices.

         This  Note  shall be  construed  according  to the laws of the State of
Arizona.

         IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  this  Promissory Note has been executed as of the
date first written above.

                                        THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
                                        corporation



                                        By_____________________________________
                                             Its_______________________________

                                                                          MAKER
                                       -4-

                               SECURITY AGREEMENT


         THIS SECURITY  AGREEMENT (the  "Agreement") is made and entered into as
of the 24th day of  October,  1996,  by  THREE-FIVE  SYSTEMS,  INC.,  a Delaware
corporation  (hereinafter  called  "Debtor"),  whose chief  executive  office is
located at 1600 North Desert Drive, Tempe, Arizona 85281-1212, in favor of WELLS
FARGO BANK, NATIONAL  ASSOCIATION,  and its successors and assigns  (hereinafter
called  "Secured  Party"),  whose  address is Post  Office  Box 29742,  Phoenix,
Arizona 85038-9742.

1.       SECURITY INTEREST

         Debtor hereby grants to Secured Party a security interest  (hereinafter
called the "Security  Interest") in all of Debtor's right, title and interest in
and to the personal property (the "Collateral") described on Schedule A attached
hereto and by this reference incorporated herein.

2.       OBLIGATION SECURED

         The  Security  Interest  shall  secure,  in such order of  priority  as
Secured Party may elect:

                  (a) Payment of the sum of $5,000,000.00 with interest thereon,
         extension  and  other  fees,  late  charges,  prepayment  premiums  and
         attorneys'  fees,  according to the terms of that Promissory Note dated
         of even date herewith,  made by Debtor, payable to the order of Secured
         Party,  and all  extensions,  modifications,  renewals or  replacements
         thereof (hereinafter called the "Note");

                  (b)  Payment,  performance  and  observance  by Debtor of each
         covenant,  condition,  provision and agreement  contained herein and of
         all monies  expended or advanced by Secured Party pursuant to the terms
         hereof,  or to preserve  any right of Secured  Party  hereunder,  or to
         protect or preserve the Collateral or any part thereof; and

                  (c)  Payment,  performance  and  observance  by Debtor of each
         covenant,  condition,  provision and  agreement  contained in that Loan
         Agreement  dated July 11, 1994, by and between Debtor and Secured Party
         as  successor-in-interest to First Interstate Bank of Arizona, N.A. (as
         amended from time to time, hereinafter called the "Loan Agreement") and
         in any  other  document  or  instrument  related  to  the  indebtedness
         described in subparagraph (a) above (the "Term Loan") and of all monies
         expended  or advanced by Secured  Party  pursuant to the terms  thereof
         with respect to the Term Loan only, and not with respect to the RLC (as
         defined in the Loan  Agreement),  or to  preserve  any right of Secured
         Party thereunder.

All  of  the  indebtedness  and  obligations   secured  by  this  Agreement  are
hereinafter collectively called the "Obligation."

3.       USE; LOCATION; MANILA EQUIPMENT

         3.1  The  Collateral  is or will be  used  or  produced  primarily  for
business purposes.
<PAGE>
         3.2 The  Collateral  will be kept at Debtor's  address set forth at the
beginning of this Agreement;  provided that,  notwithstanding anything herein to
the contrary,  Collateral ("Manila  Equipment") may be removed from the State of
Arizona  without  the  consent  of the  Secured  Party  only to the extent it is
designated  by Debtor in the ordinary  course of business to be sent to Debtor's
facility in Manila,  P.I.  ("Manila  Facility").  Upon the  shipment of any such
Manila  Equipment  to the Manila  Facility and its  departure  from the State of
Arizona,  the  Security  Interest  of the Secured  Party shall be  automatically
released from such Manila Equipment.

         3.3 Debtor's records concerning the Collateral will be kept at Debtor's
address set forth at the beginning of this Agreement.

4.       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF DEBTOR

         Debtor hereby represents and warrants that:

         4.1 Debtor (i) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of the state in which it is  organized;  (ii) is  qualified to do
business  and is in good  standing  under  the laws of the  state  in which  the
Collateral is located and in each state in which it is doing business; (iii) has
full power and  authority to own its  properties  and assets and to carry on its
businesses  as now  conducted;  and (iv) is fully  authorized  and  permitted to
execute and deliver this Agreement and to enter into any transactions  evidenced
by any portion of the  Collateral.  The execution,  delivery and  performance by
Debtor of this Agreement and all other documents and instruments relating to the
Obligation  will not  result  in any  breach  of the  terms  and  conditions  or
constitute a default under any  agreement or instrument  under which Debtor is a
party or is obligated. Debtor is not in default in the performance or observance
of any covenants, conditions or provisions of any such agreement or instrument.

         4.2 Subject to Section 7.2 of the Loan  Agreement,  Debtor is the owner
of the Collateral free of all security  interests or other  encumbrances  except
the Security  Interest and no financing  statement  covering the  Collateral  is
filed or recorded in any public office.

         4.3 The  Collateral  is,  and is  intended  to be,  used,  produced  or
acquired  by Debtor for use  primarily  for  business  purposes.  The address of
Debtor  set forth at the  beginning  of this  Agreement  is the chief  executive
office of Debtor. If a portion of the Collateral is or will become a fixture, it
will be affixed to the real property as described above.

5.       COVENANTS OF DEBTOR

         5.1 Except as  permitted  in  Paragraph  3.2 hereof with respect to the
Manila Equipment,  Debtor shall not sell, transfer,  assign or otherwise dispose
of any Collateral or any interest  therein (except as permitted  herein) without
obtaining the prior written consent of Secured Party and, subject to Section 7.2
of the Loan Agreement,  shall keep the Collateral free of all security interests
or other encumbrances except the Security Interest; provided however that Debtor
may sell,  transfer,  assign or otherwise  dispose of any Collateral  ("Disposed
Collateral") or any interest thereon without obtaining the prior written consent
of  Secured  Party so long as (i) Debtor is doing so in the  ordinary  course of
business,  (ii) the book value of any such Disposed  Collateral  does not exceed
$5,000.00,  and (iii) the aggregate  book value of all such Disposed  Collateral
does not exceed $100,000.00 in any fiscal year.  Although proceeds of Collateral
are covered by this Agreement,  this shall not be construed to mean that Secured
Party consents to any sale of the Collateral.
                                       2
<PAGE>
         5.2 Debtor shall keep and maintain the Collateral in good condition and
repair and shall not use the  Collateral  in violation of any  provision of this
Agreement or any  applicable  statute,  ordinance or regulation or any policy of
insurance insuring the Collateral.

         5.3 Debtor shall provide and maintain insurance insuring the Collateral
against  risks,  with  coverage and in form and amount  satisfactory  to Secured
Party.  At Secured  Party's  request,  Debtor shall deliver to Secured Party the
original policies of insurance containing endorsements naming Secured Party as a
loss payee.

         5.4 Subject to Section 7.2 of the Loan Agreement, Debtor shall pay when
due all taxes,  assessments  and other  charges  which may be levied or assessed
against the Collateral.

         5.5 Debtor shall  prevent any portion of the  Collateral  that is not a
fixture  from being or becoming a fixture  and shall  prevent any portion of the
Collateral  from being or becoming an accession to other goods that are not part
of the Collateral.

         5.6 Debtor shall give Secured  Party  immediate  written  notice of any
change in the location of: (i) Debtor's chief executive  office;  (ii) except as
permitted in  Paragraph  3.2 hereof with  respect to the Manila  Equipment,  the
Collateral  or any  part  thereof;  or (iii)  Debtor's  records  concerning  the
Collateral.

         5.7 After reasonable  notice by Secured Party to Debtor,  Secured Party
or its agents may inspect the Collateral at reasonable  times and may enter into
any  premises  where the  Collateral  is or may be  located.  Debtor  shall keep
records   concerning  the  Collateral  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted
accounting  principles and, if requested in writing by Secured Party, shall mark
its records and the Collateral to indicate the Security Interest.  Secured Party
shall have free and complete access to Debtor's records and shall have the right
to make extracts therefrom or copies thereof. Upon request of Secured Party from
time to time, Debtor shall submit  up-to-date  schedules of the items comprising
the Collateral in such detail as Secured Party may require.

         5.8 Debtor,  at its  reasonable  cost and  expense,  shall  protect and
defend this  Agreement,  all of the rights of Secured Party  hereunder,  and the
Collateral against all claims and demands of other parties. Debtor shall pay all
claims and charges that in the opinion of Secured Party might prejudice, imperil
or  otherwise  affect the  Collateral  or the  Security  Interest.  Debtor shall
promptly  notify Secured Party of any levy,  distraint or other seizure by legal
process or  otherwise of any part of the  Collateral  and of any  threatened  or
filed claims or proceedings  that might in any way affect or impair the terms of
this Agreement.

         5.9  Subject  to  Section  7.2  of the  Loan  Agreement,  the  Security
Interest,  at all  times,  shall be  perfected  and  shall be prior to any other
interests in the Collateral. Debtor shall act and perform as necessary and shall
execute and file all security  agreements,  financing  statements,  continuation
statements and other documents requested by Secured Party to establish, maintain
and continue the perfected Security Interest.  Debtor, on demand, shall promptly
pay all  reasonable  costs and expenses of filing and  recording,  including the
costs of any searches, deemed reasonably necessary by Secured Party from time to
time to establish and determine the validity and the continuing  priority of the
Security Interest.
                                       3
<PAGE>
         5.10  If  Debtor  shall  fail,  subject  to  Section  7.2 of  the  Loan
Agreement,  to pay any taxes,  assessments,  expenses or charges, to keep all of
the Collateral free from other security  interests,  encumbrances or claims,  to
keep the  Collateral  in good  condition  and repair,  to procure  and  maintain
insurance thereon, or to perform otherwise as required herein, Secured Party may
advance the monies  necessary to pay the same,  to accomplish  such repairs,  to
procure and maintain such insurance or to so perform; after reasonable notice by
Secured Party to Debtor,  Secured  Party is hereby  authorized to enter upon any
property in the possession or control of Debtor for such purposes.

         5.11 All rights,  powers and remedies granted Secured Party herein,  or
otherwise available to Secured Party, are for the sole benefit and protection of
Secured Party, and Secured Party may exercise any such right, power or remedy at
its option and in its sole and absolute  discretion without any obligation to do
so. In addition,  if under the terms hereof,  Secured Party is given two or more
alternative  courses  of  action,  Secured  Party may elect any  alternative  or
combination  of  alternatives  at  its  option  and  in its  sole  and  absolute
discretion.  All monies advanced by Secured Party under the terms hereof and all
amounts paid,  suffered or incurred by Secured Party in exercising any authority
granted herein,  including  reasonable  attorneys'  fees,  shall be added to the
Obligation,  shall be secured by the Security  Interest,  shall bear interest at
the highest rate payable on any of the  Obligation  until paid, and shall be due
and payable by Debtor to Secured Party immediately without demand.

6.       COLLATERAL IN THE POSSESSION OF SECURED PARTY

         6.1  Secured  Party  shall  use  such   reasonable  care  in  handling,
preserving  and  protecting  the  Collateral  in its  possession  as it  uses in
handling similar  property for its own account.  Secured Party,  however,  shall
have no liability for the loss,  destruction or  disappearance of any Collateral
unless there is  affirmative  proof of a lack of due care;  the lack of due care
shall not be implied solely by virtue of any loss, destruction or disappearance.

7.       EVENTS OF DEFAULT; REMEDIES

         7.1 The occurrence of any of the following  events or conditions  shall
constitute and is hereby defined to be an "Event of Default":

                  (a) Any  failure or  neglect to perform or observe  any of the
         terms, provisions,  or covenants of this Agreement, and such failure or
         neglect  either (i) cannot be  remedied,  (ii) can be  remedied  within
         fifteen  (15) days by prompt  and  diligent  action,  but it  continues
         unremedied  for a period of fifteen (15) days after  notice  thereof to
         Debtor, or (iii) can be remedied, although not within fifteen (15) days
         even by prompt and diligent  action,  but such remedy is not  commenced
         within  fifteen  (15) days  after  notice  thereof  to Debtor or is not
         diligently  prosecuted to completion  within a total of forty-five (45)
         days from the date of such notice.

                  (b) Any  warranty,  representation  or statement  contained in
         this  Agreement  that  shall be or shall  prove to have been false when
         made or furnished.

                  (c) Any levy or execution  upon,  or judicial  seizure of, any
         portion of the  Collateral or any other  collateral or security for the
         Obligation.
                                       4
<PAGE>
                  (d) Any  attachment  or  garnishment  of, or the  existence or
         filing  of  any  lien  or  encumbrance  against,  any  portion  of  the
         Collateral or any other  collateral or security for the Obligation that
         is not  removed  and  released  within  fifteen  (15)  days  after  its
         creation.

                  (e) The  institution  of any legal  action or  proceedings  to
         enforce any lien or  encumbrance  upon any portion of the Collateral or
         any  other  collateral  or  security  for the  Obligation,  that is not
         dismissed within sixty (60) days after its institution.

                  (f)  The  abandonment  by  Debtor  of all or any  part  of the
         Collateral.

                  (g) The loss,  theft or  destruction  of,  or any  substantial
         damage to, any portion of the  Collateral  or any other  collateral  or
         security  for  the  Obligation,  that  is  not  adequately  covered  by
         insurance.

                  (h) The  occurrence  of any  event of  default  under the Loan
         Agreement.

         7.2 Upon the  occurrence  of any Event of Default and at any time while
such Event of Default is  continuing,  Secured  Party  shall have the  following
rights and remedies and may do one or more of the following:

                  (a)  Declare  all  or  any  part  of  the   Obligation  to  be
         immediately due and payable,  and the same,  with all reasonable  costs
         and charges, shall be collectible thereupon by action at law.

                  (b)  Without  further  notice  or  demand  and  without  legal
         process, take possession of the Collateral wherever found and, for this
         purpose,  enter  upon any  property  occupied  by or in the  control of
         Debtor.  Debtor,  upon  demand by Secured  Party,  shall  assemble  the
         Collateral and deliver it to Secured Party or to a place  designated by
         Secured Party that is reasonably convenient to both parties.

                  (c) Pursue any legal or equitable  remedy available to collect
         the Obligation,  to enforce its title in and right to possession of the
         Collateral  and to  enforce  any  and  all  other  rights  or  remedies
         available to it.

                  (d) Upon  obtaining  possession of the  Collateral or any part
         thereof,  after notice to Debtor as provided in  Paragraph  7.4 herein,
         sell such  Collateral  at public or private sale either with or without
         having such Collateral at the place of sale. The proceeds of such sale,
         after deducting  therefrom all reasonable  expenses of Secured Party in
         taking,  storing,  repairing  and  selling  the  Collateral  (including
         reasonable  attorneys'  fees)  shall be applied  to the  payment of the
         Obligation,  and any  surplus  thereafter  remaining  shall  be paid to
         Debtor or any other person that may be legally entitled thereto. In the
         event of a deficiency  between  such net proceeds  from the sale of the
         Collateral and the total amount of the Obligation, Debtor, upon demand,
         shall promptly pay the amount of such deficiency to Secured Party.
                                       5
<PAGE>
         7.3 Secured  Party,  so far as may be lawful,  may  purchase all or any
part of the  Collateral  offered  at any  public  or  private  sale  made in the
enforcement of Secured Party's rights and remedies hereunder.

         7.4 Any demand or notice of sale,  disposition or other intended action
hereunder or in connection herewith,  whether required by the Uniform Commercial
Code or otherwise,  shall be deemed to be commercially  reasonable and effective
if such demand or notice is given to Debtor at least ten (10) days prior to such
sale,  disposition or other intended  action,  in the manner provided herein for
the giving of notices.

         7.5  Debtor  shall  pay  all  costs  and  expenses,  including  without
limitation costs of Uniform Commercial Code searches, court costs and reasonable
attorneys' fees,  incurred by Secured Party in enforcing payment and performance
of the  Obligation  or in  exercising  the rights and remedies of Secured  Party
hereunder. All such costs and expenses shall be secured by this Agreement and by
all  deeds  of  trust  and  other  lien  and  security  documents  securing  the
Obligation.  In the event of any court  proceedings,  court costs and attorneys'
fees  shall be set by the  court and not by jury and  shall be  included  in any
judgment obtained by Secured Party.

         7.6 In  addition  to any  remedies  provided  herein  for an  Event  of
Default, Secured Party shall have all the rights and remedies afforded a secured
party  under  the  Uniform  Commercial  Code and all other  legal and  equitable
remedies  allowed under  applicable law. No failure on the part of Secured Party
to exercise any of its rights hereunder  arising upon any Event of Default shall
be  construed  to  prejudice  its  rights  upon the  occurrence  of any other or
subsequent Event of Default. No delay on the part of Secured Party in exercising
any such rights shall be  construed to preclude it from the exercise  thereof at
any time while that Event of Default is  continuing.  Secured  Party may enforce
any one or more rights or remedies  hereunder  successively or concurrently.  By
accepting  payment or performance  of any of the Obligation  after its due date,
Secured Party shall not thereby waive the agreement  contained  herein that time
is of the  essence,  nor shall  Secured  Party waive either its right to require
prompt payment or performance when due of the remainder of the Obligation or its
right to consider the failure to so pay or perform an Event of Default.

8.       MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         8.1 The  acceptance  of this  Agreement  by Secured  Party shall not be
considered a waiver of or in any way to affect or impair any other security that
Secured Party may have, acquire  simultaneously  herewith,  or hereafter acquire
for the  payment  or  performance  of the  Obligation,  nor shall the  taking by
Secured  Party at any time of any such  additional  security be  construed  as a
waiver of or in any way to affect or impair the Security Interest; Secured Party
may resort,  for the payment or  performance of the  Obligation,  to its several
securities therefor in such order and manner as it may determine.

         8.2 Without  notice or demand,  without  affecting the  obligations  of
Debtor  hereunder  or the  personal  liability  of any  person  for  payment  or
performance of the Obligation,  and without  affecting the Security  Interest or
the priority thereof, Secured Party, from time to time, may: (i) extend the time
for  payment  of all or any  part  of the  Obligation,  accept  a  renewal  note
therefor,  reduce the payments thereon, release any person liable for all or any
part  thereof,  or  otherwise  change  the  terms  of  all or  any  part  of the
Obligation;  (ii) take and hold other security for the payment or performance of
the Obligation and enforce, exchange, substitute,  subordinate, waive or release
any such security;  (iii) join in any extension or subordination  agreement;  or
(iv) release any part of the Collateral from the Security Interest.
                                       6
<PAGE>
         8.3 Debtor  waives  and agrees not to assert:  (i) any right to require
Secured Party to proceed  against any guarantor,  to proceed  against or exhaust
any other security for the Obligation,  to pursue any other remedy  available to
Secured Party, or to pursue any remedy in any particular  order or manner;  (ii)
the  benefits of any legal or equitable  doctrine or  principle of  marshalling;
(iii) the  benefits  of any statute of  limitations  affecting  the  enforcement
hereof; (iv) demand, diligence, presentment for payment, protest and demand, and
notice of extension,  dishonor, protest, demand and nonpayment,  relating to the
Obligation;  and (v) any benefit of, and any right to participate  in, any other
security now or hereafter held by Secured Party.

         8.4 The terms herein shall have the meanings in and be construed  under
the Uniform  Commercial  Code. This Agreement shall be governed by and construed
according to the laws of the State of Arizona.  Each provision of this Agreement
shall  be  interpreted  in  such  manner  as to be  effective  and  valid  under
applicable  law, but if any  provision  of this  Agreement is held to be void or
invalid, the same shall not affect the remainder hereof which shall be effective
as though the void or invalid provision had not been contained herein.

         8.5 No modification,  rescission,  waiver,  release or amendment of any
provision of this Agreement shall be made except by a written agreement executed
by Debtor and a duly authorized officer of Secured Party.

         8.6 This is a continuing Agreement which shall remain in full force and
effect until actual receipt by Secured Party of written notice of its revocation
as to future  transactions and shall remain in full force and effect  thereafter
until all of the  Obligation  with respect to the Term Loan incurred  before the
receipt of such notice,  and all of the  Obligation  incurred  thereafter  under
commitments  extended  by Secured  Party  before the receipt of such notice with
respect to the Term Loan,  shall have been paid and performed in full.  Once the
Term Loan has been fully paid,  Secured Party agrees to terminate  this Security
Agreement and release its Security Interest with respect to the Collateral.

         8.7 No setoff or claim that  Debtor  now has or may in the future  have
against  Secured  Party  shall  relieve  Debtor from  paying or  performing  the
Obligation.

         8.8 Time is of the essence  hereof.  All liability  hereunder  shall be
joint and several.  This Agreement shall be binding upon, and shall inure to the
benefit  of, the  parties  hereto  and their  heirs,  personal  representatives,
successors  and assigns.  The term  "Secured  Party" shall  include not only the
original Secured Party hereunder but also any future owner and holder, including
pledgees,  of note or notes  evidencing the  Obligation.  The provisions  hereof
shall apply to the parties  according to the context  thereof and without regard
to the number or gender of words or expressions used.

         8.9 All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and may be given in person or by United States mail, by delivery service
or by electronic transmission.  Any notice directed to a party to this Agreement
shall become effective upon the earliest of the following: (i) actual receipt by
that party; (ii) delivery to the designated address of that party,  addressed to
that party;  or (iii) if given by certified or  registered  United  States mail,
twenty-four  (24) hours after  deposit with the United  States  Postal  Service,
postage  prepaid,  addressed  to  that  party  at its  designated  address.  The
designated  address of a party  shall be the  address of that party shown at the
beginning of this  Agreement or such other  address as that party,  from time to
time, may specify by notice to the other parties.
                                       7
<PAGE>
         8.10 A carbon,  photographic or other reproduced copy of this Agreement
and/or any financing  statement  relating  hereto shall be sufficient for filing
and/or recording as a financing statement.

         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  these  presents  are  executed  as of  the  date
indicated above.

                                        THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC., a Delaware
                                        corporation



                                        By:____________________________________
                                        Name:__________________________________
                                        Its:___________________________________

                                                                         DEBTOR
                                       -9-
<PAGE>
                                  SCHEDULE "A"

                                   COLLATERAL
                                   ----------


         (a) All  equipment  now  owned or  hereafter  acquired,  including  all
furniture,  fixtures,  furnishings,  vehicles  (whether  titled or  non-titled),
machinery,  materials  and supplies,  wherever  located in the State of Arizona,
together  with  all  parts,  accessories,   attachments,  additions  thereto  or
replacements therefor;

         (b)  Together  with  (i) all  policies  or  certificates  of  insurance
covering any of the foregoing property, and all awards, loss payments,  proceeds
and premium  refunds that may become payable with respect to such policies;  and
(ii) all proceeds of any of the foregoing property, whether due or to become due
from any sale, exchange or other disposition  thereof,  whether cash or non-cash
in nature, and whether represented by checks, drafts, notes or other instruments
for the payment of money, including,  without limitation,  all property, whether
cash or non-cash  in nature,  derived  from tort,  contractual  or other  claims
arising in connection with any of the foregoing property.

                                   EXHIBIT 11

                            THREE-FIVE SYSTEMS, INC.
                 STATEMENT RE: COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         FOR THE YEAR ENDED
                                                                            DECEMBER 31,
                                                         ------------------------------------------------

                                                             1996               1995             1994
                                                         -------------      ------------    -------------

<S>                                                      <C>                <C>             <C>          
Common shares outstanding beginning of period                7,735,745         7,691,524        6,641,944

Effect of weighting shares:
     Employee stock options exercised                           31,999            24,472           23,824
     Employee stock options outstanding                             --           367,555          418,983
     Purchase of treasury stock                                 (1,906)               --               --
     Issuance of common stock                                       --                --          797,260
                                                         -------------      ------------    -------------

Primary                                                      7,765,838         8,083,551        7,882,011
                                                         =============      ============    =============

Common shares outstanding beginning of period                7,735,745         7,691,524        6,641,944

Effect of weighting shares:
     Employee stock options exercised                           31,999            24,472           23,824
     Employee stock options outstanding                             --           367,567          427,443
     Purchase of treasury stock                                 (1,906)               --               --
     Issuance of common stock                                       --                --          797,260
                                                         -------------      ------------    -------------

Fully diluted                                                7,765,838         8,083,563        7,890,471
                                                         =============      ============    =============

Net income (loss)                                        $  (3,831,000)     $  8,417,000    $  12,546,000
                                                         =============      ============    =============


NET INCOME (LOSS) PER COMMON AND
  COMMON EQUIVALENT SHARES:

Net income (loss) per share

     Primary                                             $       (0.49)     $       1.04    $        1.59
                                                         =============      ============    =============
     Fully diluted                                       $       (0.49)     $       1.04    $        1.59
                                                         =============      ============    =============
</TABLE>

As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation of our
report  included  in  this  Form  10-K,  into  the  Company's  previously  filed
Registration Statement File No's 33-77600, 33-76090, 33-36968, and 33-88706.



/s/ Arthur Andersen LLP

Phoenix, Arizona,
   March 11, 1997

<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE>                     5
<LEGEND>
THIS  SCHEDULE  CONTAINS  SUMMARY  FINANCIAL   INFORMATION  EXTRACTED  FROM  THE
CONSOLIDATED  BALANCE  SHEET AT DECEMBER  31, 1996 AND THE RELATED  CONSOLIDATED
STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND OF CASH FLOWS FOR THE TWELVE MONTHS ENDED  DECEMBER 31,
1996 OF THREE-FIVE  SYSTEMS,  INC. AND ITS  SUBSIDIARIES AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS
ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE TO SUCH  FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS.  THIS EXHIBIT SHALL NOT BE
DEEMED  FILED FOR  PURPOSES  OF  SECTION  11 OF THE  SECURITIES  ACT OF 1933 AND
SECTION 18 OF THE SECURITIES  EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934, OR OTHERWISE  SUBJECT TO THE
LIABILITY  OF SUCH  SECTIONS,  NOR SHALL IT BE DEEMED A PART OF ANY OTHER FILING
WHICH INCORPORATES THIS REPORT BY REFERENCE,  UNLESS SUCH OTHER FILING EXPRESSLY
INCORPORATES THIS EXHIBIT BY REFERENCE.
</LEGEND>
<MULTIPLIER>                                   1000
<CURRENCY>                                     U.S. Dollars
       
<S>                             <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                              DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                                 JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                                   DEC-31-1996
<EXCHANGE-RATE>                                1
<CASH>                                         12,580
<SECURITIES>                                   0
<RECEIVABLES>                                  7,479
<ALLOWANCES>                                   649
<INVENTORY>                                    4,606
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                               31,330
<PP&E>                                         39,207
<DEPRECIATION>                                 8,294
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                                 62,569
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                          9,817
<BONDS>                                        0
                          0
                                    0
<COMMON>                                       78
<OTHER-SE>                                     0
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                   62,569
<SALES>                                        60,713
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                               60,713
<CGS>                                          58,321
<TOTAL-COSTS>                                  67,737
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                               139
<LOSS-PROVISION>                               0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                             0
<INCOME-PRETAX>                                (6,751)
<INCOME-TAX>                                   (2,920)
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                            (3,831)
<DISCONTINUED>                                 0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                0
<CHANGES>                                      0
<NET-INCOME>                                   (3,831)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                  (0.49)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                  (0.49)
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission